Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

550 missions · 271 completed

Missions

Open279Completed271All550
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems IV: Average Cost Optimal Stationary Policies Exist for Finite State SpacesTextbook

Why average cost on finite state spaces

Controlled queues, inventories and communication links are run for a long time, and the quantity an operator usually cares about is the long-run average cost per period rather than a discounted total. The average cost criterion is harder to work with than the discounted one: its value is a lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of Cesàro means, it is not given by a contraction, and for general (history dependent, randomized) policies the limit need not exist. Chapter 6 of L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999) treats the case of a finite state space, where the strongest results hold: an average cost optimal policy exists, can be taken stationary, and can be obtained as a limit of discount optimal policies as the discount factor tends to one.

The results go back to D. Blackwell, "Discrete dynamic programming", Ann. Math. Statist. 33 (1962), who showed that for finite states and actions some stationary policy is discount optimal for all discount factors close to one. Such a policy is now called Blackwell optimal. Sennott's Chapter 6 derives average cost optimality of this policy and the multichain average cost optimality equation from it, in the notation used throughout the book.

Setting

A Markov decision chain (MDC) Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS, a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​ in each state iii, nonnegative finite costs C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a), and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a) with ∑jPij(a)=1\sum_j P_{ij}(a) = 1∑j​Pij​(a)=1. A policy θ\thetaθ chooses the action at time ttt from a distribution θ(⋅∣ht)\theta(\cdot \mid h_t)θ(⋅∣ht​) on AitA_{i_t}Ait​​ that may depend on the whole history ht=(i0,a0,…,it)h_t = (i_0,a_0,\ldots,i_t)ht​=(i0​,a0​,…,it​). A stationary policy fff always chooses a fixed action f(i)∈Aif(i) \in A_if(i)∈Ai​ in state iii.

With Xt,AtX_t, A_tXt​,At​ the state and action at time ttt and X0=iX_0 = iX0​=i, define

  • the discounted cost Vθ,α(i)=∑t≥0αtEθ[C(Xt,At)]V_{\theta,\alpha}(i) = \sum_{t \ge 0} \alpha^t E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)]Vθ,α​(i)=∑t≥0​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)] for 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, and the discounted value function Vα(i)=inf⁡θVθ,α(i)V_\alpha(i) = \inf_\theta V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vα​(i)=infθ​Vθ,α​(i);
  • the nnn horizon cost vθ,n(i)=∑t=0n−1Eθ[C(Xt,At)]v_{\theta,n}(i) = \sum_{t=0}^{n-1} E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)]vθ,n​(i)=∑t=0n−1​Eθ​[C(Xt​,At​)];
  • the average cost Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡nvθ,n(i)/nJ_\theta(i) = \limsup_n v_{\theta,n}(i)/nJθ​(i)=limsupn​vθ,n​(i)/n, its lim inf⁡\liminfliminf version Jθ∗(i)J^*_\theta(i)Jθ∗​(i), and the minimum average cost J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)J(i) = \inf_\theta J_\theta(i)J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i).

All infima range over all general policies, and every quantity may equal +∞+\infty+∞. A policy is α\alphaα discount optimal if Vθ,α=VαV_{\theta,\alpha} = V_\alphaVθ,α​=Vα​, and average cost optimal if Jθ=JJ_\theta = JJθ​=J.

For a stationary policy fff on a finite state space, the induced Markov chain splits into positive recurrent classes R1,…,RKR_1,\ldots,R_KR1​,…,RK​ and transient states. With pk(i)p_k(i)pk​(i) the probability of reaching RkR_kRk​ from iii, distinguished states zk∈Rkz_k \in R_kzk​∈Rk​, and Wα(i)=∑kpk(i)Vα(zk)W_\alpha(i) = \sum_k p_k(i) V_\alpha(z_k)Wα​(i)=∑k​pk​(i)Vα​(zk​), the relative value function is wα(i)=Vα(i)−Wα(i)w_\alpha(i) = V_\alpha(i) - W_\alpha(i)wα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Wα​(i).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.2.3

For an MDC with a finite state space there are α0∈(0,1)\alpha_0 \in (0,1)α0​∈(0,1) and one stationary policy fff such that fff is α\alphaα discount optimal for every α∈(α0,1)\alpha \in (\alpha_0,1)α∈(α0​,1), fff is average cost optimal, and

J(i)=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Vα(i)=lim⁡n→∞vf,n(i)n,i∈S.J(i) = \lim_{\alpha\to 1^-} (1-\alpha) V_\alpha(i) = \lim_{n\to\infty} \frac{v_{f,n}(i)}{n}, \qquad i \in S.J(i)=α→1−lim​(1−α)Vα​(i)=n→∞lim​nvf,n​(i)​,i∈S.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 4.5.3. For finite SSS and stationary eee, α↦Ve,α(i)\alpha \mapsto V_{e,\alpha}(i)α↦Ve,α​(i) is a finite, continuous, rational function on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).
  2. Proposition 6.1.1. For every policy on a countable state space,
Jθ∗(i)≤lim inf⁡α→1−(1−α)Vθ,α(i)≤lim sup⁡α→1−(1−α)Vθ,α(i)≤Jθ(i),J^*_\theta(i) \le \liminf_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_{\theta,\alpha}(i) \le \limsup_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_{\theta,\alpha}(i) \le J_\theta(i),Jθ∗​(i)≤α→1−liminf​(1−α)Vθ,α​(i)≤α→1−limsup​(1−α)Vθ,α​(i)≤Jθ​(i),

with three equivalent conditions for equality. 3. Proposition 6.2.2. For finite SSS and stationary eee, Je(i)=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Ve,α(i)=lim⁡nve,n(i)/nJ_e(i) = \lim_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_{e,\alpha}(i) = \lim_n v_{e,n}(i)/nJe​(i)=limα→1−​(1−α)Ve,α​(i)=limn​ve,n​(i)/n. 4. Proposition 4.5.1, Proposition 4.5.4, Corollary 4.5.5. The power series structure of Vθ,αV_{\theta,\alpha}Vθ,α​ in α\alphaα; monotonicity and left continuity of VαV_\alphaVα​; continuity under bounded costs. 5. Theorem 6.3.1. For the policy fff of the goal, lim⁡α→1−wα(i)=w(i)\lim_{\alpha \to 1^-} w_\alpha(i) = w(i)limα→1−​wα​(i)=w(i) exists, and

J(i)+w(i)=C(i,f)+∑jPij(f)w(j) ≥ min⁡a{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)w(j)},J(i) + w(i) = C(i,f) + \sum_j P_{ij}(f) w(j) \ \ge\ \min_{a} \Big\{C(i,a) + \sum_j P_{ij}(a) w(j)\Big\},J(i)+w(i)=C(i,f)+j∑​Pij​(f)w(j) ≥ amin​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)w(j)},

together with the limit identities (i)–(iii) and the optimality criterion (v). 6. Proposition 6.3.3. Vα(i)=J(i)/(1−α)+w∗(i)+εα(i)V_\alpha(i) = J(i)/(1-\alpha) + w^*(i) + \varepsilon_\alpha(i)Vα​(i)=J(i)/(1−α)+w∗(i)+εα​(i) with εα(i)→0\varepsilon_\alpha(i) \to 0εα​(i)→0 as α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1−.

Significance

The goal says that on a finite state space nothing is gained by randomizing or by remembering the past when minimizing average cost, and that the minimum average cost is the vanishing-discount limit of the discounted value function. This justifies computing average cost optimal policies through discounted problems and value iteration, the route taken in the rest of Chapter 6 and, via approximating sequences, for countable state spaces in Chapters 7 and 8. Theorem 6.3.1 supplies an optimality equation without any unichain or communication assumption. The book's Example 6.3.2 shows that the inequality in that equation can be strict, and that a stationary policy attaining the minimum need not be optimal.

The results are classical and proved in the book. No machine-checked version of them is known to exist. The platform has average-reward results for unichain finite MDPs with Markov policies (the Puterman series) and an average-cost optimality equation under recurrence assumptions (the Bertsekas series). Neither covers existence of a Blackwell optimal policy against the class of all history dependent randomized policies, or the multichain equation. A formal development also yields reusable infrastructure: the law of a controlled process under a general policy, first passage quantities of finite chains, and the Abelian inequality between Abel and Cesàro means of a nonnegative sequence.

Difficulty

The obvious argument picks, for each α\alphaα, a stationary discount optimal policy fαf_\alphafα​ and lets α→1\alpha \to 1α→1. Finiteness of the set of stationary policies gives one policy that is optimal along some sequence αn→1\alpha_n \to 1αn​→1, but not on an interval. Excluding infinite switching between two policies requires the analytic structure of α↦Vf,α(i)\alpha \mapsto V_{f,\alpha}(i)α↦Vf,α​(i) (Proposition 4.5.3), which in turn rests on matrix inversion of I−αPI - \alpha PI−αP. Passing from the discounted criterion to the average one requires an Abelian inequality for nonnegative series whose terms may be infinite (Proposition 6.1.1), and comparison against general policies rules out any argument that works only within stationary or Markov policies. For Theorem 6.3.1 the difficulty is the multichain structure: the relative value function has to be assembled class by class from first passage times and costs, and its limit must be identified.

Formalization scope

  • States form a type S; [Countable S] for Section 4.5 and Proposition 6.1.1, [Fintype S] from Section 6.2 on, as in the book. Actions form a type Act with A i : Finset Act nonempty. Costs are in ℝ≥0, transition probabilities in ℝ≥0∞.
  • A general policy is a function of the list of past state-action pairs (most recent first) and the current state, giving a distribution on A i. Stationary policies embed as degenerate policies. The law of the process is built from this data, and every infimum ranges over all general policies.
  • Vθ,αV_{\theta,\alpha}Vθ,α​, VαV_\alphaVα​, vθ,nv_{\theta,n}vθ,n​, JθJ_\thetaJθ​, Jθ∗J^*_\thetaJθ∗​, JJJ are in ℝ≥0∞, so +∞+\infty+∞ is represented. α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1− is the filter 𝓝[<] 1. On a finite state space these quantities are finite. The real valued objects of Section 6.3 (wαw_\alphawα​, www, w∗w^*w∗, equation (6.6)) are therefore formed with toReal, and this switch from ℝ≥0∞ to ℝ happens only in Theorem 6.3.1 and Proposition 6.3.3.
  • The objects of Section 6.3 (pkp_kpk​, mi∣km_{i|k}mi∣k​, ci∣kc_{i|k}ci∣k​, πs\pi_sπs​, WαW_\alphaWα​) are defined from fff. The distinguished states are a hypothesis quantified over.
  • A trivializing formalization would take the infimum over stationary policies only, let the optimal policy depend on α\alphaα, or state rationality as an equation p/q without requiring q≠0q \ne 0q=0. Each is excluded here: JJJ and VαV_\alphaVα​ are infima over all general policies, one pair (α0,f)(\alpha_0,f)(α0​,f) is quantified before all α\alphaα, and the denominator is required to be nonzero on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Useful infrastructure includes rational functions of one real variable and their finitely many sign changes, the resolvent (I−αP)−1(I-\alpha P)^{-1}(I−αP)−1 of a stochastic matrix, the Abelian inequality for [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued sequences, and renewal-reward identities for finite chains. Contributions of general lemmas on these topics are welcome, as are proofs of individual milestones.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • D. Blackwell, "Discrete dynamic programming", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33 (1962), 719–726. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems II: The Discount Optimality EquationTextbook

Motivation

Control problems for queueing systems (admission control, routing, service rate selection, inventory replenishment) are naturally modelled as Markov decision chains with a countable state space, such as the number of customers in a buffer, and with costs that grow without bound in the state, such as holding costs proportional to queue length. The expected discounted cost criterion is the first infinite horizon criterion applied to such models, and it is also the tool through which the average cost criterion is treated later in the same book (Chapters 6–8 of Sennott's text reach average cost optimal policies through limits of discounted problems as the discount factor tends to one).

Classical treatments of discounted dynamic programming assume bounded costs, under which the dynamic programming operator is a contraction and has a unique bounded fixed point. That assumption fails for queueing models. This mission formalizes Chapter 4, Sections 4.1–4.4, of L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999), which develops the discounted theory for nonnegative, possibly unbounded costs, where value functions may be infinite.

Timeline of the underlying theory:

  • 1965. Blackwell (Ann. Math. Statist. 36) establishes the discounted theory with bounded rewards.
  • 1966. Strauch (Ann. Math. Statist. 37) treats "negative" dynamic programming, the case of nonpositive rewards (equivalently nonnegative costs), with no boundedness assumption.
  • 1977–1978. Bertsekas (SIAM J. Control Optim. 15) and Bertsekas and Shreve (Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case) give the abstract monotone-mapping framework covering both cases.
  • 1999. Sennott's text states the countable-state, finite-action, nonnegative-cost discounted theory in the form used for queueing control, with general history-dependent randomized policies.

Setting

A Markov decision chain Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS; for each state iii a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​; for each a∈Aia \in A_ia∈Ai​ a nonnegative finite cost C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a) and a probability distribution (Pij(a))j∈S(P_{ij}(a))_{j \in S}(Pij​(a))j∈S​ of the next state. A policy θ\thetaθ chooses the action at time nnn at random from a distribution θ(⋅∣hn)\theta(\cdot \mid h_n)θ(⋅∣hn​) on AinA_{i_n}Ain​​ that may depend on the entire history hn=(i0,a0,…,an−1,in)h_n = (i_0, a_0, \dots, a_{n-1}, i_n)hn​=(i0​,a0​,…,an−1​,in​). A stationary policy fff always chooses f(i)∈Aif(i) \in A_if(i)∈Ai​ in state iii; for it one writes C(i,f)=C(i,f(i))C(i,f) = C(i,f(i))C(i,f)=C(i,f(i)) and Pij(f)=Pij(f(i))P_{ij}(f) = P_{ij}(f(i))Pij​(f)=Pij​(f(i)).

Fix a discount factor α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1). For an initial state iii and a policy θ\thetaθ, the nnn-horizon cost with terminal cost zero and the infinite horizon discounted cost are

vθ,α,n(i)=∑t=0n−1αtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i],Vθ,α(i)=∑t=0∞αtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i],v_{\theta,\alpha,n}(i) = \sum_{t=0}^{n-1} \alpha^t E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t) \mid X_0 = i], \qquad V_{\theta,\alpha}(i) = \sum_{t=0}^{\infty} \alpha^t E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t) \mid X_0 = i],vθ,α,n​(i)=t=0∑n−1​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i],Vθ,α​(i)=t=0∑∞​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i],

and the value functions are vα,n(i)=inf⁡θvθ,α,n(i)v_{\alpha,n}(i) = \inf_\theta v_{\theta,\alpha,n}(i)vα,n​(i)=infθ​vθ,α,n​(i) and Vα(i)=inf⁡θVθ,α(i)V_\alpha(i) = \inf_\theta V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vα​(i)=infθ​Vθ,α​(i), infima over all policies. All of these lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. A policy is discount optimal if Vθ,α=VαV_{\theta,\alpha} = V_\alphaVθ,α​=Vα​. The discount optimality equation is

W(i)=min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+α∑jPij(a)W(j)},i∈S.(4.9)W(i) = \min_{a \in A_i} \Big\{ C(i,a) + \alpha \sum_j P_{ij}(a) W(j) \Big\}, \qquad i \in S. \tag{4.9}W(i)=a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+αj∑​Pij​(a)W(j)},i∈S.(4.9)

With W=VαW = V_\alphaW=Vα​, Bi(α)B_i(\alpha)Bi​(α) denotes the set of actions attaining the minimum at iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1.4

VαV_\alphaVα​ solves (4.9); every W:S→[0,∞]W : S \to [0,\infty]W:S→[0,∞] solving (4.9) satisfies Vα≤WV_\alpha \le WVα​≤W; and every stationary policy fαf_\alphafα​ with

C(i,fα)+α∑jPij(fα)Vα(j)=min⁡a{C(i,a)+α∑jPij(a)Vα(j)}for all iC(i,f_\alpha) + \alpha \sum_j P_{ij}(f_\alpha) V_\alpha(j) = \min_a \Big\{ C(i,a) + \alpha \sum_j P_{ij}(a) V_\alpha(j) \Big\} \quad \text{for all } iC(i,fα​)+αj∑​Pij​(fα​)Vα​(j)=amin​{C(i,a)+αj∑​Pij​(a)Vα​(j)}for all i

is discount optimal. No boundedness of costs and no finiteness of VαV_\alphaVα​ is assumed.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma 4.1.1 (vθ,α,n↑Vθ,αv_{\theta,\alpha,n} \uparrow V_{\theta,\alpha}vθ,α,n​↑Vθ,α​); Proposition 4.1.2 (a supersolution of the one-policy equation dominates ve,α,n+αnEe[W(Xn)]v_{e,\alpha,n} + \alpha^n E_e[W(X_n)]ve,α,n​+αnEe​[W(Xn​)] and Ve,αV_{e,\alpha}Ve,α​); Corollary 4.1.3 (a supersolution of the optimality inequality dominates Vf,α≥VαV_{f,\alpha} \ge V_\alphaVf,α​≥Vα​); then, beyond the goal, Corollary 4.1.5 (αnEfα[Vα(Xn)∣X0=i]→0\alpha^n E_{f_\alpha}[V_\alpha(X_n) \mid X_0 = i] \to 0αnEfα​​[Vα​(Xn​)∣X0​=i]→0 where Vα(i)<∞V_\alpha(i) < \inftyVα​(i)<∞), Proposition 4.2.2 and Corollary 4.2.4 (conditions under which a solution of (4.9) equals VαV_\alphaVα​), Proposition 4.3.1 (vα,n↑Vαv_{\alpha,n} \uparrow V_\alphavα,n​↑Vα​, and limit points of finite horizon optimal stationary policies are discount optimal) and Proposition 4.4.1 (optimal policies are exactly those concentrated on the sets Bi(α)B_{i}(\alpha)Bi​(α) along histories of positive probability).

Significance

Theorem 4.1.4 is the foundation for everything in the book that concerns discounted costs: it produces an optimal stationary deterministic policy, identifies VαV_\alphaVα​ among the many solutions of (4.9) (Example 4.2.1 of the book gives a one-parameter family of finite solutions), and underlies value iteration (Proposition 4.3.1) and the approximating-sequence method of Sections 4.6–4.7. The average cost results of Chapters 6–8 are proved from it by letting α→1\alpha \to 1α→1. Proposition 4.4.1 describes the full set of optimal policies, including randomized and history-dependent ones.

These are known results with published proofs. The contribution of this mission is a machine-checked development of the discounted theory for countable state spaces with unbounded costs and infinite values, over the general policy class. Related statements on the platform (the monotone-mapping propositions of Bertsekas 1977 in the MonotoneDP missions, and bounded-cost or finite-state discounted results) use different models and are open; no machine-checked proof of the present statements is known to this mission.

Difficulty

The contraction argument that settles the bounded case is unavailable: with unbounded costs the operator in (4.9) has many fixed points, and VαV_\alphaVα​ can equal +∞+\infty+∞ at some states, so neither uniqueness of fixed points nor subtraction of values is available. The optimality equation compares the infimum over all history-dependent randomized policies with a one-step minimum, so the general policy class and the law of the process under it must be handled directly; restricting attention to Markov or stationary policies begs the question. Every limit exchange (monotone limits of finite horizon costs, the passage to limit points of policies in Proposition 4.3.1) takes place in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], where finite-valued arguments do not transfer verbatim.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace SennottDP.Discounted. Conventions:

  • The state space is a type S with [Countable S]; actions form a type Act and A i : Finset Act is nonempty. Costs are ℝ≥0; transition probabilities are ℝ≥0∞ with ∑' j, P i a j = 1 for a ∈ A i.
  • A history at time nnn is a pair Fin (n+1) → S, Fin n → Act; a policy assigns to every history a distribution on the action set of its last state. The probability of a history is the product of the policy and transition probabilities; expectations are ℝ≥0∞ sums over histories, so no integrability conditions arise.
  • All values (vθ,α,nv_{\theta,\alpha,n}vθ,α,n​, Vθ,αV_{\theta,\alpha}Vθ,α​, vα,nv_{\alpha,n}vα,n​, VαV_\alphaVα​, and the competing solutions WWW) are ℝ≥0∞-valued; 0⋅∞=00 \cdot \infty = 00⋅∞=0. The discount factor is α : ℝ≥0 with 0 < α and α < 1. Terminal costs are zero.
  • VαV_\alphaVα​ and vα,nv_{\alpha,n}vα,n​ are infima over the type of all general policies. Defining them over stationary policies only would make the optimality of fαf_\alphafα​ a tautology; that formalization is ruled out.
  • Proposition 4.4.1: the book states the equivalence without a finiteness assumption, but its necessity argument needs Vα<∞V_\alpha < \inftyVα​<∞, and necessity fails otherwise. Sufficiency is stated in general and necessity under Vα<∞V_\alpha < \inftyVα​<∞ everywhere.

Useful infrastructure, reusable by the later missions of this series (approximating sequences, average cost): the shift of a general policy after its first step, the Chapman–Kolmogorov identity for the history law, and the computation Ef[W(Xn+1)]=Ef[∑jPXnj(f)W(j)]E_f[W(X_{n+1})] = E_f[\sum_j P_{X_n j}(f) W(j)]Ef​[W(Xn+1​)]=Ef​[∑j​PXn​j​(f)W(j)] for stationary policies. Contributions of such lemmas, and proofs of any milestone, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, Chapter 4. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted dynamic programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36 (1965), 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • R. E. Strauch, Negative dynamic programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 37 (1966), 871–890. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Monotone mappings with application in dynamic programming, SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 15 (1977), 438–464. https://doi.org/10.1137/0315031
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978.
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems I: Finite Horizon Optimality and Approximating SequencesTextbook

Motivation

Controlled queueing systems (admission control, routing, service-rate selection) are naturally modelled as Markov decision chains whose state is a buffer content and therefore ranges over a countably infinite set. Linn Sennott's Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999, DOI 10.1002/9780470317037) develops the dynamic programming theory for exactly this setting: countable state space, finite action sets, nonnegative and possibly unbounded costs, and value functions that are allowed to be infinite. The book's computational method, the approximating sequence method (ASM), replaces the infinite chain by a sequence of finite truncations and asks when optimal values and policies of the truncations converge to those of the original chain.

This mission is the first of a series on the book. It covers Chapter 3, finite horizon optimization, together with the model of Chapter 2 and three results from Appendices A and B that the chapter uses. The finite horizon theory is the entry point: it is where the book's general policy class, its extended-valued cost criteria and its approximating sequences are first used together.

Setting

A Markov decision chain Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS; for each i∈Si \in Si∈S a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​; a finite cost C(i,a)≥0C(i,a) \ge 0C(i,a)≥0; and for each a∈Aia \in A_ia∈Ai​ a transition distribution (Pij(a))j∈S(P_{ij}(a))_{j \in S}(Pij​(a))j∈S​. A history at time ttt is ht=(i0,a0,…,it−1,at−1,it)h_t = (i_0, a_0, \dots, i_{t-1}, a_{t-1}, i_t)ht​=(i0​,a0​,…,it−1​,at−1​,it​), and a general policy θ\thetaθ chooses the action at time ttt from a distribution θ(⋅∣ht)\theta(\cdot \mid h_t)θ(⋅∣ht​) on AitA_{i_t}Ait​​: it may use the whole history and may randomize. Stationary policies fff (f(i)∈Aif(i) \in A_if(i)∈Ai​) and deterministic Markov policies (a stationary policy for each time) are special cases.

Fix a finite terminal cost F≥0F \ge 0F≥0 and a discount factor 0<α≤10 < \alpha \le 10<α≤1 (α=1\alpha = 1α=1 is the undiscounted case). The nnn horizon expected discounted cost of θ\thetaθ from initial state iii is

vθ,α,n(i)=∑t=0n−1αtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i]+αnEθ[F(Xn)∣X0=i],v_{\theta,\alpha,n}(i) = \sum_{t=0}^{n-1} \alpha^t E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t) \mid X_0 = i] + \alpha^n E_\theta[F(X_n) \mid X_0 = i],vθ,α,n​(i)=t=0∑n−1​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i]+αnEθ​[F(Xn​)∣X0​=i],

and the value function is vα,n(i)=inf⁡θvθ,α,n(i)v_{\alpha,n}(i) = \inf_\theta v_{\theta,\alpha,n}(i)vα,n​(i)=infθ​vθ,α,n​(i) over all general policies. Both may be +∞+\infty+∞. A policy is optimal for the nnn horizon if it attains vα,n(i)v_{\alpha,n}(i)vα,n​(i) at every iii. For n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 put uα,n(i,a)=C(i,a)+α∑jPij(a)vα,n−1(j)u_{\alpha,n}(i,a) = C(i,a) + \alpha \sum_j P_{ij}(a) v_{\alpha,n-1}(j)uα,n​(i,a)=C(i,a)+α∑j​Pij​(a)vα,n−1​(j) and let Bi(α,n)B_i(\alpha,n)Bi​(α,n) be the set of a∈Aia \in A_ia∈Ai​ minimizing it.

An approximating sequence (ΔN)N≥N0(\Delta_N)_{N \ge N_0}(ΔN​)N≥N0​​ has finite nonempty state spaces SNS_NSN​ increasing to SSS, the same actions and costs, and transition distributions Pij(a;N)P_{ij}(a;N)Pij​(a;N) on SNS_NSN​ converging to Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a) as N→∞N \to \inftyN→∞. Its value functions are vα,nNv^N_{\alpha,n}vα,nN​. In an augmentation type approximating sequence, the probability Pir(a)P_{ir}(a)Pir​(a) of leaving SNS_NSN​ to rrr is redistributed over SNS_NSN​ by an augmentation distribution qj(i,a,r,N)q_j(i,a,r,N)qj​(i,a,r,N). Assumption FH(α\alphaα, nnn) requires lim sup⁡Nvα,nN(i)\limsup_N v^N_{\alpha,n}(i)limsupN​vα,nN​(i) to be finite and at most vα,n(i)v_{\alpha,n}(i)vα,n​(i) for every iii. A stationary policy eee is a limit point of stationary policies eNe^NeN if, along a subsequence, eNr(i)=e(i)e^{N_r}(i) = e(i)eNr​(i)=e(i) eventually for each iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2.3

For fixed n≥1n \ge 1n≥1,

(∀i: lim⁡N→∞vα,nN(i)=vα,n(i)<∞)  ⟺  FH(α,n),\Big(\forall i:\ \lim_{N\to\infty} v^N_{\alpha,n}(i) = v_{\alpha,n}(i) < \infty\Big) \iff \mathrm{FH}(\alpha,n),(∀i: N→∞lim​vα,nN​(i)=vα,n​(i)<∞)⟺FH(α,n),

and under either condition every limit point ene_nen​ of stationary policies enNe^N_nenN​ with enN(i)∈BiN(α,n)e^N_n(i) \in B^N_i(\alpha,n)enN​(i)∈BiN​(α,n) satisfies en(i)∈Bi(α,n)e_n(i) \in B_i(\alpha,n)en​(i)∈Bi​(α,n) for all i∈Si \in Si∈S.

Milestones

  1. Proposition A.1.1: a probability average of uuu is at least min⁡u\min uminu, with equality iff the distribution is concentrated on the minimizers.
  2. Theorem 3.1.2: the finite horizon optimality equation vα,n(i)=min⁡auα,n(i,a)v_{\alpha,n}(i) = \min_a u_{\alpha,n}(i,a)vα,n​(i)=mina​uα,n​(i,a), and the characterization of all optimal general policies.
  3. Corollary 3.1.4: choosing fn−t(i)∈Bi(α,n−t)f_{n-t}(i) \in B_i(\alpha,n-t)fn−t​(i)∈Bi​(α,n−t) yields an optimal deterministic Markov policy.
  4. Proposition 2.5.6: the augmentation (2.19) defines an approximating distribution.
  5. Lemma 3.2.2: vα,0N→vα,0v^N_{\alpha,0} \to v_{\alpha,0}vα,0N​→vα,0​ and lim inf⁡Nvα,nN≥vα,n\liminf_N v^N_{\alpha,n} \ge v_{\alpha,n}liminfN​vα,nN​≥vα,n​.
  6. Propositions B.3 and B.5: sequences of stationary policies, for Δ\DeltaΔ or for (ΔN)(\Delta_N)(ΔN​), have limit points.
  7. Propositions 3.3.1, 3.3.2 and 3.3.4: three sufficient conditions for FH(α\alphaα, nnn), namely bounded costs, an augmentation sending excess probability to a finite set, and the augmentation inequality (3.20).

Significance

Theorem 3.1.2 is the finite horizon dynamic programming equation in the generality the rest of the book needs: the value function is an infimum over history-dependent randomized policies, and the equation holds with infinite values allowed. Its characterization of optimal policies is Bellman's principle of optimality in necessary-and-sufficient form. Corollary 3.1.4 shows that deterministic Markov policies suffice. The discounted chapter builds on these results, since its value function is the limit of finite horizon ones, and so does the value iteration algorithm of the average cost chapters.

Theorem 3.2.3 is the finite horizon case of the approximating sequence method. It says exactly when finite truncations give the right answer, and it reduces the question to Assumption FH, for which Section 3.3 gives checkable conditions. The same structure (a lim inf inequality, a lim sup assumption, a limit point of optimal truncated policies) recurs for the discounted and the average cost criteria in later chapters.

The results are proved in the book. None of them is formalized: the platform has finite horizon dynamic programming only for Markov policies, abstract monotone mappings or finite reward-maximizing MDPs, and nothing on approximating sequences. A formalization contributes a Lean model of Markov decision chains with general policies and extended-valued criteria, which the later missions of the series restate and can merge with this one.

Difficulty

The obvious proof of the optimality equation conditions on the first action and state and then applies the induction hypothesis to the rest of the trajectory. With general policies the rest of the trajectory is governed by a continuation policy that depends on the first state and action, and the decomposition of the path law into a first step and a continuation must be proved from the definition of the process, not assumed. Infinite values also make the "only if" direction delicate: a strict inequality between expected costs becomes an equality once both sides are infinite.

For approximating sequences, the natural idea is to pass to the limit in the optimality equation of ΔN\Delta_NΔN​. This fails in general. Example 3.2.1 of the book has lim⁡Nv1,2N(0)=2>1=v1,2(0)\lim_N v^N_{1,2}(0) = 2 > 1 = v_{1,2}(0)limN​v1,2N​(0)=2>1=v1,2​(0), because truncation moves probability onto states of high cost and dominated convergence is not available. Only the lim inf inequality holds for free, through a generalized Fatou lemma for approximating distributions. The lim sup side is exactly what Assumption FH supplies. The limit point argument then needs the compactness statement of Appendix B and the fact that a lim inf can be passed through a minimum over a finite set.

Formalization scope

The state space is a type S with [Countable S], the actions a type Act, and A i : Finset Act is nonempty. Costs are ℝ≥0, transition probabilities ℝ≥0∞ summing to 1 over S, and all values and expectations are in ℝ≥0∞, so infima over policies are lattice infima and +∞ is a genuine value. A history is the list of past state–action pairs, most recent first, with the current state, and a policy gives a distribution on A i for every history. Expectations are sums over histories of the path probabilities ∏θ(as∣hs)Pisis+1(as)\prod \theta(a_s \mid h_s) P_{i_s i_{s+1}}(a_s)∏θ(as​∣hs​)Pis​is+1​​(as​), which is the book's (2.6) and (2.9), not the dynamic programming recursion. The discount factor satisfies 0<α≤10 < \alpha \le 10<α≤1 in every statement. An approximating sequence is indexed by N∈NN \in \mathbb NN∈N with a start level N0N_0N0​; its value functions are set to 000 for the finitely many NNN at which a given state is not yet in SNS_NSN​, which does not affect limits.

The optimality equation must not be made definitional by defining vθ,α,nv_{\theta,\alpha,n}vθ,α,n​ or vα,nv_{\alpha,n}vα,n​ through the recursion (3.2). The policy class must not be restricted to deterministic Markov policies either, since that would make the characterization in Theorem 3.1.2 a different statement. Theorem 3.1.2(ii)(2) is stated with the guard vα,n(i)<∞v_{\alpha,n}(i) < \inftyvα,n​(i)<∞; the book omits it, and without it the "only if" direction is false (see the item's note).

A complete development needs the first-step decomposition of the path law under a general policy, the generalized Fatou lemma for approximating distributions (Proposition A.2.5, a milestone of the Appendix A mission of this series), and lim inf / lim sup manipulations in ℝ≥0∞. The model definitions are reusable by every later mission of the series. Contributions are welcome at every milestone, including proofs of the definitional sanity facts (for instance vθ,α,0=Fv_{\theta,\alpha,0} = Fvθ,α,0​=F).

Selected references

  • Linn I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • Martin L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994 (the standard reference for finite horizon dynamic programming with history-dependent randomized policies).
  • Richard Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957.
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimal Transport·Captain: Lucas

Monge–Kantorovich Duality (Yao 2023)Research Paper

Motivation

Optimal transport asks for the cheapest way to move one distribution of mass onto another. Monge posed the problem in 1781 for maps; Kantorovich (1942) relaxed it to transference plans (couplings), turning it into an infinite-dimensional linear program with a dual: maximize the total revenue ∫ψ dμ+∫φ dν\int\psi\,d\mu+\int\varphi\,d\nu∫ψdμ+∫φdν of pickup and delivery prices that never exceed the cost, ψ(x)+φ(y)≤c(x,y)\psi(x)+\varphi(y)\le c(x,y)ψ(x)+φ(y)≤c(x,y). The equality of the two values — Monge–Kantorovich duality — underlies much of modern optimal transport, with uses in economics (matching markets, principal–agent problems), probability, and PDE.

This mission formalizes the duality theorem and its proof as presented in Colin Yao, Monge–Kantorovich and Transportation Theory (paper dated September 10, 2023), whose proof follows Villani's Optimal Transport: Old and New and, for the weak inequality, Galichon's Optimal Transport Methods in Economics.

Setting

XXX and YYY are Polish spaces (separable, completely metrizable) with their Borel σ-algebras; μ\muμ and ν\nuν are Borel probability measures on XXX and YYY; c:X×Y→[0,∞)c : X\times Y\to[0,\infty)c:X×Y→[0,∞) is a continuous cost function.

  • A transference plan is a probability measure π\piπ on X×YX\times YX×Y with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν; Π(μ,ν)\Pi(\mu,\nu)Π(μ,ν) denotes the set of such plans.
  • The Kantorovich problem is min⁡π∈Π(μ,ν)∫c dπ\min_{\pi\in\Pi(\mu,\nu)}\int c\,d\piminπ∈Π(μ,ν)​∫cdπ.
  • The dual problem is sup⁡{∫ψ dμ+∫φ dν}\sup\{\int\psi\,d\mu+\int\varphi\,d\nu\}sup{∫ψdμ+∫φdν} over bounded continuous ψ,φ\psi,\varphiψ,φ with ψ(x)+φ(y)≤c(x,y)\psi(x)+\varphi(y)\le c(x,y)ψ(x)+φ(y)≤c(x,y) everywhere.
  • A set Γ⊆X×Y\Gamma\subseteq X\times YΓ⊆X×Y is ccc-cyclically monotone if ∑i=1Nc(xi,yi)≤∑i=1Nc(xi,yi+1)\sum_{i=1}^N c(x_i,y_i)\le\sum_{i=1}^N c(x_i,y_{i+1})∑i=1N​c(xi​,yi​)≤∑i=1N​c(xi​,yi+1​) (with yN+1=y1y_{N+1}=y_1yN+1​=y1​) for all finite families of points of Γ\GammaΓ; a plan is ccc-cyclically monotone if it is concentrated on such a set.
  • The ccc-conjugate of ψ\psiψ is ψc(y)=inf⁡x(c(x,y)−ψ(x))\psi^c(y)=\inf_x(c(x,y)-\psi(x))ψc(y)=infx​(c(x,y)−ψ(x)); ψ\psiψ is ccc-concave if ψ(x)=inf⁡y(c(x,y)−φ(y))\psi(x)=\inf_y(c(x,y)-\varphi(y))ψ(x)=infy​(c(x,y)−φ(y)) for some φ\varphiφ; its ccc-subdifferential is ∂cψ={(x,y):ψc(y)+ψ(x)=c(x,y)}\partial_c\psi=\{(x,y):\psi^c(y)+\psi(x)=c(x,y)\}∂c​ψ={(x,y):ψc(y)+ψ(x)=c(x,y)}.

Formalization targets

Goal (Theorem 4.1)

min⁡π∈Π(μ,ν)∫X×Yc dπ=sup⁡ψ∈Cb(X), φ∈Cb(Y)ψ(x)+φ(y)≤c(x,y)(∫Xψ dμ+∫Yφ dν),\min_{\pi\in\Pi(\mu,\nu)}\int_{X\times Y}c\,d\pi=\sup_{\substack{\psi\in C_b(X),\ \varphi\in C_b(Y)\\ \psi(x)+\varphi(y)\le c(x,y)}}\Big(\int_X\psi\,d\mu+\int_Y\varphi\,d\nu\Big),π∈Π(μ,ν)min​∫X×Y​cdπ=ψ∈Cb​(X), φ∈Cb​(Y)ψ(x)+φ(y)≤c(x,y)​sup​(∫X​ψdμ+∫Y​φdν),

including existence of a minimizing plan; the common value may be +∞+\infty+∞.

Milestones (in the order of the source)

  1. Weak duality, inequality (3.1): inf⁡≥sup⁡\inf\ge\supinf≥sup.
  2. Proposition 4.4: a ccc-cyclically monotone plan exists between uniform empirical measures.
  3. Lemma 4.16: plans with marginals in tight families form a tight family.
  4. Proposition 4.17: a ccc-cyclically monotone plan exists for general marginals.
  5. Proposition 4.22: the support of a ccc-cyclically monotone plan lies in ∂cψ\partial_c\psi∂c​ψ for a ccc-concave ψ\psiψ (bounded ccc).
  6. Theorem 4.25: (ψc)c=ψ(\psi^c)^c=\psi(ψc)c=ψ for ccc-concave ψ\psiψ.
  7. Proposition 4.31: duality for bounded continuous ccc.
  8. Theorem 4.32: ∫f dμ=∫f dπ\int f\,d\mu=\int f\,d\pi∫fdμ=∫fdπ for a plan with marginal μ\muμ.

Significance

Duality converts a minimization over measures into a maximization over functions; it characterizes optimal plans by the complementary-slackness condition that they are concentrated on {ψ(x)+φ(y)=c(x,y)}\{\psi(x)+\varphi(y)=c(x,y)\}{ψ(x)+φ(y)=c(x,y)}, and it is the entry point to Brenier's theorem, the Kantorovich–Rubinstein formula for the Wasserstein-1 distance, and the economic applications discussed in Section 5 of the source. The result is classical and proved in the literature; the work here is to formalize the known proof and to supply reusable infrastructure (couplings, ccc-cyclical monotonicity, ccc-transforms) on top of Mathlib's measure theory.

Difficulty

The weak inequality is a short integration argument; the reverse inequality is where the work lies. Finite-dimensional linear-programming duality does not pass to general measures directly: one must produce a cyclically monotone plan as a limit of discrete approximations (tightness and Prokhorov's theorem, closedness of the cyclic-monotonicity condition under weak convergence), build a potential ψ\psiψ from chains of cost differences, and control measurability and integrability of ψ\psiψ and ψc\psi^cψc. Passing from bounded to unbounded nonnegative costs requires an additional approximation argument, which the source only sketches (Section 4.5).

Formalization scope

Lean namespace MongeKantorovichYao; one definition file provides transference plans, ccc-cyclical monotonicity, ccc-conjugates, ccc-concavity and ccc-subdifferentials. Conventions: marginals are pushforwards along the projections; ccc-conjugates are extended-real infima (no default values); the transport cost in the goal is the [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued integral of the nonnegative cost, and both sides of the goal are compared in the extended reals, so the infinite-cost case is included and no integrability hypothesis is added. The dual side ranges over bounded continuous functions with the constraint imposed at every point. Proposition 4.22 is stated for bounded ccc (as used in Proposition 4.31), since with unbounded costs a real-valued potential need not exist. Infrastructure that may be missing from Mathlib: Prokhorov-type compactness of tight families of probability measures, weak convergence of empirical measures, and lower semicontinuity of π↦∫c dπ\pi\mapsto\int c\,d\piπ↦∫cdπ.

Selected references

  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften 338, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
  • A. Galichon, Optimal Transport Methods in Economics, Princeton University Press, 2016.
  • L. V. Kantorovich, On the translocation of masses, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 37 (1942).
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization V: Asymptotic Optimality of List Scheduling for the Machine Investment ProblemTextbook

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic integer programs combine the two hardest features of mathematical programming: uncertainty in the data and integrality of the decisions. Even evaluating the objective of such a program at a single first-stage decision requires the expected optimal value of an NP-hard combinatorial problem. Chapter 8 of Ermoliev and Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization (Springer 1988), by A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan and L. Stougie, argues that for many such problems the way forward is probabilistic analysis: the random optimal value of the second-stage problem often converges, after normalization, to a simple function of the problem parameters, and that function can replace the intractable expectation.

The chapter illustrates this on the machine investment problem: first buy mmm identical machines at cost ccc each, knowing only the distribution of the processing times of nnn jobs, then schedule the jobs once their processing times are revealed so as to minimize the makespan. This mission formalizes the chapter's analysis of that example: the almost sure asymptotics of the optimal makespan (8.13), its expectation version, and the asymptotic clairvoyance of the resulting two-stage heuristic.

Setting

Let p1,p2,…p_1, p_2, \dotsp1​,p2​,… be processing times: independent, identically distributed, nonnegative random variables on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P) with mean μ=Ep1>0\mu = \mathbb E p_1 > 0μ=Ep1​>0 and finite second moment Ep12<∞\mathbb E p_1^2 < \inftyEp12​<∞. The instance with nnn jobs uses the first nnn of them.

An assignment of the nnn jobs to m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 identical machines is a map σ:{1,…,n}→{1,…,m}\sigma : \{1, \dots, n\} \to \{1, \dots, m\}σ:{1,…,n}→{1,…,m}. The load of machine iii is ∑j:σ(j)=ipj\sum_{j : \sigma(j) = i} p_j∑j:σ(j)=i​pj​ and the makespan of σ\sigmaσ is its largest load. The minimum makespan is

Cn∗(m)=min⁡σmax⁡i=1,…,m∑j: σ(j)=ipj,C^*_n(m) = \min_{\sigma} \max_{i=1,\dots,m} \sum_{j:\ \sigma(j) = i} p_j ,Cn∗​(m)=σmin​i=1,…,mmax​j: σ(j)=i∑​pj​,

and the machine investment problem is to minimize Zn(m)=cm+E Cn∗(m)Z_n(m) = cm + \mathbb E\, C^*_n(m)Zn​(m)=cm+ECn∗​(m) over integers mmm (8.9).

List scheduling takes the jobs in the order 1,…,n1, \dots, n1,…,n and assigns each to the first available machine, a machine of least current load (lowest index on ties). Its makespan is CnH(m)C^H_n(m)CnH​(m). Write Sn=∑j=1npjS_n = \sum_{j=1}^n p_jSn​=∑j=1n​pj​ and pmax⁡=max⁡j≤npjp_{\max} = \max_{j \le n} p_jpmax​=maxj≤n​pj​.

For §8.3, the estimate Zn′(m)=cm+nμ/mZ'_n(m) = cm + n\mu/mZn′​(m)=cm+nμ/m is minimized over integers by the heuristic first-stage decision mnH1m^{H1}_nmnH1​, the better of ⌊nμ/c⌋\lfloor\sqrt{n\mu/c}\rfloor⌊nμ/c​⌋ and ⌈nμ/c⌉\lceil\sqrt{n\mu/c}\rceil⌈nμ/c​⌉. A clairvoyant decision maker who sees the processing times first chooses mn∘(ω)≥1m^\circ_n(\omega) \ge 1mn∘​(ω)≥1 minimizing cm+Cn∗(m)cm + C^*_n(m)cm+Cn∗​(m).

Formalization targets

Goal: Eq. (8.13)

For machine counts m=m(n)≥1m = m(n) \ge 1m=m(n)≥1 with m(n)=O(n)m(n) = O(\sqrt n)m(n)=O(n​),

P{lim⁡n→∞Cn∗(m)nμ/m=1}=1.P\Bigl\{ \lim_{n\to\infty} \frac{C^*_n(m)}{n\mu/m} = 1 \Bigr\} = 1 .P{n→∞lim​nμ/mCn∗​(m)​=1}=1.

The machine count is allowed to grow with nnn; this is the regime the first-stage heuristic lives in, since mnH1m^{H1}_nmnH1​ is of exact order n\sqrt nn​.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (8.10): the deterministic sandwich Sn/m≤Cn∗(m)≤CnH(m)≤Sn/m+pmax⁡S_n/m \le C^*_n(m) \le C^H_n(m) \le S_n/m + p_{\max}Sn​/m≤Cn∗​(m)≤CnH​(m)≤Sn​/m+pmax​, divided by nμ/mn\mu/mnμ/m.
  2. Eq. (8.11): the strong law of large numbers, (Sn−nμ)/(nμ)→0(S_n - n\mu)/(n\mu) \to 0(Sn​−nμ)/(nμ)→0 almost surely (a published platform theorem).
  3. Lemma 8.1 (i): pmax⁡/n→0p_{\max}/\sqrt n \to 0pmax​/n​→0 almost surely.
  4. Eq. (8.12): m pmax⁡/(nμ)→0m\, p_{\max}/(n\mu) \to 0mpmax​/(nμ)→0 almost surely when m=O(n)m = O(\sqrt n)m=O(n​).
  5. Lemma 8.1 (ii): E pmax⁡/n→0\mathbb E\, p_{\max}/\sqrt n \to 0Epmax​/n​→0.
  6. p. 207: E Cn∗(m)/(nμ/m)→1\mathbb E\, C^*_n(m)/(n\mu/m) \to 1ECn∗​(m)/(nμ/m)→1 when m=O(n)m = O(\sqrt n)m=O(n​).
  7. p. 211, asymptotic clairvoyance: almost surely
lim⁡n→∞c mnH1+CnH2(mnH1)c mn∘+Cn∗(mn∘)=1,\lim_{n\to\infty} \frac{c\, m^{H1}_n + C^{H2}_n(m^{H1}_n)}{c\, m^\circ_n + C^*_n(m^\circ_n)} = 1 ,n→∞lim​cmn∘​+Cn∗​(mn∘​)cmnH1​+CnH2​(mnH1​)​=1,

where CnH2C^{H2}_nCnH2​ is the list-scheduling makespan.

Significance

Result (8.13) says that the optimal value of an NP-hard problem, rescaled, is almost surely asymptotic to the elementary function nμ/mn\mu/mnμ/m of the data and the first-stage decision. Its expectation version replaces the intractable term E Cn∗(m)\mathbb E\,C^*_n(m)ECn∗​(m) in (8.9) by nμ/mn\mu/mnμ/m, and the clairvoyance statement shows that the heuristic built on that replacement loses asymptotically nothing, not even against a decision maker with full information. The chapter presents the example as the template for vehicle routing and location problems preceded by an investment decision.

All results here are classical and proved in the literature cited by the chapter (Lemma 8.1 is quoted from Feller without proof; the chapter refers to Dempster et al. for the asymptotic optimality of the two-stage heuristic and to Lenstra et al. for the notion of asymptotic clairvoyance). None of them has, to our knowledge, a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal model of identical-machine makespan scheduling and of list scheduling, the extreme-value estimates of Lemma 8.1 for square-integrable i.i.d. sequences, and the full chain from the strong law to (8.13).

Difficulty

The deterministic part is elementary on paper, but list scheduling is a recursively defined procedure, and its makespan bound has to be established for that recursion rather than for a picture like the chapter's Figure 8.3. The probabilistic core is Lemma 8.1: the strong law controls Sn/nS_n/nSn​/n, but the error term m pmax⁡/(nμ)m\, p_{\max}/(n\mu)mpmax​/(nμ) is of order pmax⁡/np_{\max}/\sqrt npmax​/n​ once mmm grows like n\sqrt nn​, and the strong law says nothing about maxima. With a fixed number of machines the whole statement would reduce to the strong law; the growth m(n)=O(n)m(n) = O(\sqrt n)m(n)=O(n​) is exactly where the second moment is needed. For the clairvoyance statement, the clairvoyant choice mn∘m^\circ_nmn∘​ is a random, unstructured minimizer, so its value must be bounded below without knowing where the minimum is attained.

Formalization scope

Processing times are one sequence p : ℕ → Ω → ℝ, 0-based (the book's pjp_jpj​ is p (j-1)), with each p j measurable, the family mutually independent (iIndepFun), identically distributed with p 0, pointwise nonnegative, p 0 ^ 2 integrable and ∫ p 0 = μ with μ > 0. Nonnegativity and μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 are not printed in the book; they are implicit in "processing times" and in the division by nμn\munμ. Machines are Fin m; a schedule is an assignment Fin n → Fin m, which is faithful because jobs are non-preemptive, machines identical and there are no precedence constraints.

The book writes "m=0(n)m = 0(\sqrt n)m=0(n​)"; this is read as mmm a function of nnn with m(n)≥1m(n) \ge 1m(n)≥1 and (fun n => (m n : ℝ)) =O[atTop] (fun n => √n). Stating (8.13) for a fixed mmm would trivialize it into the strong law and is ruled out. "Pr⁡{lim⁡⋯=1}=1\Pr\{\lim \dots = 1\} = 1Pr{lim⋯=1}=1" means that almost surely the limit exists and equals 111. Expectations are Bochner integrals of functions that are measurable and bounded by SnS_nSn​, hence integrable. List scheduling uses the index order and breaks ties towards the lowest machine index; both are admissible instances of the book's "arbitrary fixed order" and "first available machine". In the clairvoyance statement the minimum is over m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 (the book writes m∈Nm \in \mathbb Nm∈N; no machine cannot process any job, and the Lean value Cn∗(0)C^*_n(0)Cn∗​(0) is an empty-infimum convention). No explicit constants replace an O(·): the statements are limits and the O-hypothesis is carried as stated.

Out of scope: (8.14) and the p. 210 expectation statement, which need a positive density at 000 and whose proof the book calls "far from easy", and the dynamic programming recursion of §8.3.

Needed infrastructure: finite maxima and minima of measurable functions, extreme-value estimates for square-integrable i.i.d. sequences (Lemma 8.1), and Mathlib's strong law. The makespan and list-scheduling definitions are reusable for other identical-machine scheduling results; alternative proofs of Lemma 8.1 and sharper forms of the clairvoyance statement are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan, L. Stougie, "Stochastic Integer Programming", in Yu. Ermoliev, R. J-B Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 10, Springer 1988, Ch. 8, pp. 201–213. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. 1, 3rd edition, Wiley, 1968 (cited by the chapter for Lemma 8.1).
  • M. A. H. Dempster, M. L. Fisher, L. Jansen, B. J. Lageweg, J. K. Lenstra, A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan, "Analysis of heuristics for stochastic programming: results for hierarchical scheduling problems", Mathematics of Operations Research 8 (1983) 525–537. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.8.4.525
  • J. K. Lenstra, A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan, L. Stougie, "A framework for the design and analysis of hierarchical planning systems", Annals of Operations Research 1 (1984) 23–42. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01874451
  • R. L. Graham, "Bounds on multiprocessing timing anomalies", SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 17 (1969) 416–429. https://doi.org/10.1137/0117039
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization III: Stochastic Quasi-Féjer Sequences and the Stochastic Quasigradient Projection MethodTextbook

Motivation

Many optimization problems in operations research have an objective that is an expectation, F0(x)=Ef0(x,ω)F^0(x)=E f^0(x,\omega)F0(x)=Ef0(x,ω), over a random parameter ω\omegaω whose distribution is known only through samples or is too complex to integrate. Two-stage stochastic programs, inventory and reliability models, and simulation-based design all have this form. Neither F0F^0F0 nor its subgradients can be evaluated exactly, but a random vector whose conditional mean is close to a subgradient is often cheap to compute: a sample subgradient of f0(⋅,ω)f^0(\cdot,\omega)f0(⋅,ω), or a finite-difference quotient of two sampled values.

Stochastic quasigradient (SQG) methods, developed by Ermoliev and co-workers in Kiev from the late 1960s, use such vectors in place of subgradients. They extend the stochastic approximation procedures of Robbins–Monro (1951) and Kiefer–Wolfowitz (1952) to nonsmooth convex objectives, general convex constraints, and directions whose conditional mean is biased by a vanishing amount. This mission formalizes the basic convergence theory of the simplest SQG method, the projection method, as presented by Yu. Ermoliev in Chapter 6 of the IIASA volume Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization (Springer 1988).

Timeline (as cited in the chapter's bibliography).

  • 1951–1954: Robbins and Monro, Kiefer and Wolfowitz, Dvoretzky and Blum prove convergence of stochastic approximation for unconstrained smooth problems.
  • 1962–1967: Shor introduces the generalized gradient (subgradient) method; Ermoliev (Kibernetika 4, 1966) and Polyak (Soviet Math. Doklady 8, 1967) prove its convergence.
  • 1967–1969: Ermoliev and Nekrylova introduce stochastic subgradients; Ermoliev ("On the stochastic quasi-gradient method and stochastic quasi-Feyer sequences", Kibernetika 2, 1969) introduces stochastic quasi-Féjer sequences.
  • 1976: Ermoliev's monograph Stochastic Programming Methods (Nauka) contains the proof of Theorem 6.1 (p. 98).
  • 1988: the survey chapter formalized here presents the projection method, Theorems 6.1 and 6.2, and an efficiency estimate for the averaged iterate.

Setting

Let X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be a nonempty convex compact set and F0:Rn→RF^0:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb RF0:Rn→R convex and continuous on XXX. The optimal set is X∗={x∈X:F0(x)≤F0(y) ∀y∈X}X^*=\{x\in X: F^0(x)\le F^0(y)\ \forall y\in X\}X∗={x∈X:F0(x)≤F0(y) ∀y∈X}. The projection onto XXX is πX(y)=argmin⁡{∥y−x∥2:x∈X}\pi_X(y)=\operatorname{argmin}\{\|y-x\|^2:x\in X\}πX​(y)=argmin{∥y−x∥2:x∈X}.

On a probability space, the stochastic quasigradient projection method produces random vectors x0,x1,…x^0,x^1,\dotsx0,x1,… by

xs+1=πX[xs−ρs ξ0(s)],s=0,1,…(6.11)x^{s+1}=\pi_X\big[x^s-\rho_s\,\xi^0(s)\big],\qquad s=0,1,\dots \tag{6.11}xs+1=πX​[xs−ρs​ξ0(s)],s=0,1,…(6.11)

where ρs≥0\rho_s\ge0ρs​≥0 is a step size and ξ0(s)\xi^0(s)ξ0(s) a random direction. Write E{⋅∣x0,…,xs}E\{\cdot\mid x^0,\dots,x^s\}E{⋅∣x0,…,xs} for conditional expectation given the history σ(x0,…,xs)\sigma(x^0,\dots,x^s)σ(x0,…,xs). The direction is a stochastic quasigradient if, for every x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗,

F0(x∗)−F0(xs)≥⟨E{ξ0(s)∣x0,…,xs}, x∗−xs⟩+γ0(s)a.s.,(6.12)F^0(x^*)-F^0(x^s)\ge\big\langle E\{\xi^0(s)\mid x^0,\dots,x^s\},\,x^*-x^s\big\rangle+\gamma_0(s)\quad\text{a.s.}, \tag{6.12}F0(x∗)−F0(xs)≥⟨E{ξ0(s)∣x0,…,xs},x∗−xs⟩+γ0​(s)a.s.,(6.12)

where the error γ0(s)\gamma_0(s)γ0​(s) is a function of the history. If the conditional mean of ξ0(s)\xi^0(s)ξ0(s) is a subgradient plus a bias b0(s)b^0(s)b0(s), then (6.12) holds with γ0(s)=−⟨b0(s),x∗−xs⟩\gamma^0(s)=-\langle b^0(s),x^*-x^s\rangleγ0(s)=−⟨b0(s),x∗−xs⟩ (6.13).

A sequence of random vectors z0,z1,…z^0,z^1,\dotsz0,z1,… is a stochastic quasi-Féjer sequence for Z⊆RnZ\subseteq\mathbb R^nZ⊆Rn if E∥z0∥2<∞E\|z^0\|^2<\inftyE∥z0∥2<∞ and there are random rs≥0r_s\ge0rs​≥0 with ∑sErs<∞\sum_s E r_s<\infty∑s​Ers​<∞ such that for all z∈Zz\in Zz∈Z

E{∥z−zs+1∥2∣z0,…,zs}≤∥z−zs∥2+rs.(6.14)E\{\|z-z^{s+1}\|^2\mid z^0,\dots,z^s\}\le\|z-z^s\|^2+r_s. \tag{6.14}E{∥z−zs+1∥2∣z0,…,zs}≤∥z−zs∥2+rs​.(6.14)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.2

If, with probability 1, ρs≥0\rho_s\ge0ρs​≥0 and ∑sρs=∞\sum_s\rho_s=\infty∑s​ρs​=∞, and

∑s=0∞E{ρs∣γ0(s)∣+ρs2∥ξ0(s)∥2}<∞,(6.15)\sum_{s=0}^\infty E\{\rho_s|\gamma_0(s)|+\rho_s^2\|\xi^0(s)\|^2\}<\infty, \tag{6.15}s=0∑∞​E{ρs​∣γ0​(s)∣+ρs2​∥ξ0(s)∥2}<∞,(6.15)

then with probability 1 the iterates converge and lim⁡sxs∈X∗\lim_s x^s\in X^*lims​xs∈X∗.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 6.1 (a)–(c). For a stochastic quasi-Féjer sequence for ZZZ: ∥z−zs+1∥2\|z-z^{s+1}\|^2∥z−zs+1∥2 converges a.s. and E∥z−zs∥2E\|z-z^s\|^2E∥z−zs∥2 is bounded, for each z∈Zz\in Zz∈Z; accumulation points exist a.s. (for Z≠∅Z\ne\emptysetZ=∅); and a.s. ZZZ lies in the hyperplane equidistant from any two distinct accumulation points outside ZZZ.
  2. Eq. (6.13). Biased stochastic subgradients satisfy (6.12).
  3. One-step inequality (p. 145): E{∥x∗−xs+1∥2∣⋅}≤∥x∗−xs∥2+2ρs⟨E{ξ0(s)∣⋅},x∗−xs⟩+E{ρs2∥ξ0(s)∥2∣⋅}E\{\|x^*-x^{s+1}\|^2\mid\cdot\}\le\|x^*-x^s\|^2+2\rho_s\langle E\{\xi^0(s)\mid\cdot\},x^*-x^s\rangle+E\{\rho_s^2\|\xi^0(s)\|^2\mid\cdot\}E{∥x∗−xs+1∥2∣⋅}≤∥x∗−xs∥2+2ρs​⟨E{ξ0(s)∣⋅},x∗−xs⟩+E{ρs2​∥ξ0(s)∥2∣⋅} for x∗∈Xx^*\in Xx∗∈X.
  4. Quasi-Féjer property (p. 145): the iterates of (6.11) form a stochastic quasi-Féjer sequence for X∗X^*X∗.
  5. Efficiency estimate (p. 147), for deterministic ρk\rho_kρk​ and xˉs=∑k≤sρkxk/∑k≤sρk\bar x^s=\sum_{k\le s}\rho_kx^k/\sum_{k\le s}\rho_kxˉs=∑k≤s​ρk​xk/∑k≤s​ρk​:
EF0(xˉs)−F0(x∗)≤(2∑k=0sρk)−1[E∥x∗−x0∥2+∑k=0sE(2ρk∣γ0(k)∣+ρk2∥ξ0(k)∥2)].E F^0(\bar x^s)-F^0(x^*)\le\Big(2\sum_{k=0}^s\rho_k\Big)^{-1}\Big[E\|x^*-x^0\|^2+\sum_{k=0}^s E\big(2\rho_k|\gamma_0(k)|+\rho_k^2\|\xi^0(k)\|^2\big)\Big].EF0(xˉs)−F0(x∗)≤(2k=0∑s​ρk​)−1[E∥x∗−x0∥2+k=0∑s​E(2ρk​∣γ0​(k)∣+ρk2​∥ξ0(k)∥2)].

Significance

Theorem 6.2 is the prototype convergence theorem for SQG methods. Its hypotheses allow random step sizes chosen from the history, nonsmooth objectives, and directions with a bias that vanishes fast enough; its conclusion is convergence of the iterates themselves to a single optimal point, not only convergence of function values or of dist⁡(xs,X∗)\operatorname{dist}(x^s,X^*)dist(xs,X∗). The later chapters of the same volume (adaptive step sizes, Chapters 17–18; nonstationary problems, §6.4) reuse the same framework. Theorem 6.1 isolates the probabilistic content in a form that applies to any algorithm with a quasi-Féjer inequality. The efficiency estimate gives a non-asymptotic accuracy bound for the averaged iterate.

The results are classical and proved in the literature: Theorem 6.1 in Ermoliev (1976, p. 98), Theorem 6.2 in this chapter (pp. 145–146). To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. Mathlib has conditional expectations and the a.s. martingale convergence theorem, but no Robbins–Siegmund-type almost-supermartingale lemma and no stochastic subgradient method. A formal proof of this mission would supply both.

Difficulty

The deterministic argument for projected subgradient methods compares ∥x∗−xs+1∥\|x^*-x^{s+1}\|∥x∗−xs+1∥ with ∥x∗−xs∥\|x^*-x^s\|∥x∗−xs∥ for a fixed x∗x^*x∗. In the stochastic setting this comparison holds only in conditional mean, with a perturbation rsr_srs​ that is random, and the distances converge only almost surely, with an exceptional null set that depends on x∗x^*x∗. Since X∗X^*X∗ is typically uncountable, "for every x∗x^*x∗, almost surely" does not immediately give "almost surely, for every x∗x^*x∗", and it is the second form that identifies a single limit. A second difficulty is that ∑ρs(F0(xs)−F0(x∗))<∞\sum\rho_s(F^0(x^s)-F^0(x^*))<\infty∑ρs​(F0(xs)−F0(x∗))<∞ only yields a subsequence along which F0F^0F0 approaches its minimum; passing from there to convergence of the whole sequence is exactly what part (c) of Theorem 6.1 is for.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The probability space is an arbitrary measurable space with a probability measure. πX\pi_XπX​ is a chosen minimizer of ∥y−x∥2\|y-x\|^2∥y−x∥2 over XXX (unique for nonempty closed convex XXX). The history is the σ\sigmaσ-algebra generated by x0,…,xsx^0,\dots,x^sx0,…,xs; ρs\rho_sρs​ and γ0(s)\gamma_0(s)γ0​(s) are measurable with respect to it.
  • Directions ξ0(s)\xi^0(s)ξ0(s) are integrable and random vectors are measurable; conditional expectations are Mathlib's condExp. The quasi-Féjer definition requires square integrability of every zsz^szs (implied by the book's definition when Z≠∅Z\ne\emptysetZ=∅), so no conditional expectation is taken of a non-integrable function.
  • X≠∅X\ne\emptysetX=∅ and x0∈Xx^0\in Xx0∈X are stated; Z≠∅Z\ne\emptysetZ=∅ is added in Theorem 6.1 (b), which is false without it.
  • γ0(s)\gamma_0(s)γ0​(s) does not depend on x∗x^*x∗; the x∗x^*x∗-dependent error of (6.13) is dominated on a bounded XXX by ∥b0(s)∥diam⁡X\|b^0(s)\|\operatorname{diam}X∥b0(s)∥diamX.
  • (6.15) keeps its mixed form: ρs≥0\rho_s\ge0ρs​≥0 and ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞ almost surely, and a deterministic sum of expectations (lower Lebesgue integrals) finite.
  • Explicit constants. The book's "CCC" in the efficiency estimate is instantiated from its proof: 222 on ρk∣γ0(k)∣\rho_k|\gamma_0(k)|ρk​∣γ0​(k)∣ and 111 on ρk2∥ξ0(k)∥2\rho_k^2\|\xi^0(k)\|^2ρk2​∥ξ0(k)∥2. The unspecified CCC before the quasi-Féjer sentence is replaced by the existence of summable rsr_srs​.
  • Typo corrections. The one-step inequality on p. 145 prints ρsE{∥ξ0(s)∥2∣⋅}\rho_sE\{\|\xi^0(s)\|^2\mid\cdot\}ρs​E{∥ξ0(s)∥2∣⋅}; it is ρs2\rho_s^2ρs2​. The efficiency estimate on p. 147 omits EEE before the last sum; it is restored. "ρk\rho_kρk​ independent of (x0,…,xk)(x^0,\dots,x^k)(x0,…,xk)" is read as deterministic step sizes.
  • A trivializing formalization is excluded: the goal does not replace ξ0(s)\xi^0(s)ξ0(s) by an exact subgradient, does not set γ0≡0\gamma_0\equiv0γ0​≡0, and concludes convergence of xsx^sxs to a point of X∗X^*X∗ rather than dist⁡(xs,X∗)→0\operatorname{dist}(x^s,X^*)\to0dist(xs,X∗)→0.
  • Reusable infrastructure: a Robbins–Siegmund lemma for nonnegative almost-supermartingales, the nonexpansiveness of πX\pi_XπX​, and Theorem 6.1 itself, which applies to any quasi-Féjer algorithm (Chapter 6 §6.4 and Chapters 17–18 of the same book). Contributions of these general lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. Ermoliev, "Stochastic Quasigradient Methods", in Yu. Ermoliev and R. J-B Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 10, Springer 1988, Ch. 6, §6.1–6.2 (pp. 141–147). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • Yu. Ermoliev, "On the stochastic quasi-gradient method and stochastic quasi-Feyer sequences", Kibernetika 2 (1969) (in Russian; English translation in Cybernetics). Reference [3] of the chapter.
  • Yu. Ermoliev, Stochastic Programming Methods, Nauka, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian); Theorem 6.1 is on p. 98. Reference [5] of the chapter.
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, "A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications", in J. S. Rustagi (ed.), Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 1971, 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, "A stochastic approximation method", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 22 (1951) 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Number TheoryQuantum InformationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer 3: The Success Probability of Quantum Order FindingResearch Paper

Motivation

The security of the RSA cryptosystem rests on the assumed difficulty of factoring large integers, and the best known classical algorithms for factoring run in super-polynomial time. In 1994 Peter Shor showed that a quantum computer can factor an nnn-digit integer in time polynomial in nnn (Shor, SIAM J. Comput. 1997; conference version FOCS 1994). The algorithm has two parts. A classical reduction, due to Miller (1976), turns factoring into order finding: given xxx coprime to nnn, find the least r≥1r \ge 1r≥1 with xr≡1(modn)x^r \equiv 1 \pmod nxr≡1(modn). The quantum part solves order finding.

This mission formalizes the quantum part as Shor analyzes it in §5 of the journal paper: the construction of the quantum state, the probability of each measurement outcome, and the classical post-processing that reads rrr off the measured value. The paper's claim is that one run of this procedure returns rrr with probability at least φ(r)/3r\varphi(r)/3rφ(r)/3r.

Timeline:

  • 1976: Miller reduces factoring to order finding (with randomization).
  • 1985–1994: Deutsch, Bernstein–Vazirani and Simon give the quantum Fourier sampling ideas the algorithm builds on.
  • 1994: Shor's FOCS paper introduces the factoring and discrete logarithm algorithms.
  • 1997: the SIAM J. Comput. version gives the analysis formalized here, with qqq the power of 222 in [n2,2n2)[n^2, 2n^2)[n2,2n2).

Setting

Fix an integer n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 and an integer xxx coprime to nnn. Its order rrr is the least r≥1r \ge 1r≥1 with xr≡1(modn)x^r \equiv 1 \pmod nxr≡1(modn); since xxx is a unit, r≤φ(n)<nr \le \varphi(n) < nr≤φ(n)<n. Let q=2lq = 2^lq=2l be the power of 222 with n2≤q<2n2n^2 \le q < 2n^2n2≤q<2n2.

A quantum state on two registers, the first holding 0≤a<q0 \le a < q0≤a<q and the second a residue y∈Z/ny \in \mathbb{Z}/ny∈Z/n, is a complex vector ψ(a,y)\psi(a, y)ψ(a,y) indexed by the basis states ∣a,y⟩|a, y\rangle∣a,y⟩. Measuring it returns ∣a,y⟩|a, y\rangle∣a,y⟩ with probability ∣ψ(a,y)∣2|\psi(a, y)|^2∣ψ(a,y)∣2.

The Fourier matrix AqA_qAq​ is the q×qq \times qq×q matrix with entries (Aq)a,c=q−1/2exp⁡(2πiac/q)(A_q)_{a,c} = q^{-1/2}\exp(2\pi i a c/q)(Aq​)a,c​=q−1/2exp(2πiac/q), with rows indexing inputs and columns outputs. The algorithm

  1. prepares 1q1/2∑a=0q−1∣a⟩∣xa mod n⟩\frac{1}{q^{1/2}}\sum_{a=0}^{q-1}|a\rangle|x^a \bmod n\rangleq1/21​∑a=0q−1​∣a⟩∣xamodn⟩ (eq. (5.2)),
  2. applies AqA_qAq​ to the first register, obtaining 1q∑a,cexp⁡(2πiac/q)∣c⟩∣xa mod n⟩\frac1q\sum_{a,c}\exp(2\pi iac/q)|c\rangle|x^a \bmod n\rangleq1​∑a,c​exp(2πiac/q)∣c⟩∣xamodn⟩ (eq. (5.4)),
  3. measures, obtaining some ∣c,y⟩|c, y\rangle∣c,y⟩,
  4. rounds c/qc/qc/q to the nearest fraction with denominator smaller than nnn.

The observed ccc gives us rrr if some fraction with lowest-terms denominator below nnn is within 1/2q1/2q1/2q of c/qc/qc/q, and every such fraction has lowest-terms denominator exactly rrr. In the Lean development these objects are preFourierState, finalState, outcomeProb and yieldsOrder, in the namespace ShorAlgorithms.OrderFinding, and the shared definition ShorAlgorithms.Shared.fourierMatrix.

Formalization targets

Goal: success probability at least φ(r)/3r\varphi(r)/3rφ(r)/3r

For all sufficiently large nnn, with xxx, rrr and qqq as above,

Pr⁡[the observed c gives us r]  =  ∑c gives r ∑y∈Z/n∣Ψ(c,y)∣2  ≥  φ(r)3r,\Pr\bigl[\text{the observed } c \text{ gives us } r\bigr] \;=\; \sum_{c\ \text{gives}\ r}\ \sum_{y \in \mathbb{Z}/n} |\Psi(c, y)|^2 \;\ge\; \frac{\varphi(r)}{3r},Pr[the observed c gives us r]=c gives r∑​ y∈Z/n∑​∣Ψ(c,y)∣2≥3rφ(r)​,

where Ψ\PsiΨ is the state (5.4). The threshold on nnn is uniform in xxx and qqq; it is the paper's "for sufficiently large nnn" from the per-state bound.

Milestones

  1. Eqs. (5.5)–(5.6). For 0≤k<r0 \le k < r0≤k<r, the probability of ∣c,xk⟩|c, x^k\rangle∣c,xk⟩ equals ∣1q∑b=0⌊(q−k−1)/r⌋exp⁡(2πi(br+k)c/q)∣2\left|\frac1q\sum_{b=0}^{\lfloor (q-k-1)/r\rfloor}\exp(2\pi i(br+k)c/q)\right|^2​q1​∑b=0⌊(q−k−1)/r⌋​exp(2πi(br+k)c/q)​2.
  2. Eq. (5.11). For nnn past a threshold, every ∣c,xk⟩|c, x^k\rangle∣c,xk⟩ with −r/2≤rc−dq≤r/2-r/2 \le rc - dq \le r/2−r/2≤rc−dq≤r/2 for some integer ddd has probability at least 1/3r21/3r^21/3r2.
  3. Eq. (5.13). If n2≤qn^2 \le qn2≤q, at most one fraction with denominator below nnn lies within 1/2q1/2q1/2q of c/qc/qc/q.
  4. p. 1500. Such a fraction is a convergent of the continued fraction of c/qc/qc/q.
  5. p. 1501. At least φ(r)\varphi(r)φ(r) values of ccc are within 1/2q1/2q1/2q of some d/rd/rd/r with gcd⁡(d,r)=1\gcd(d, r) = 1gcd(d,r)=1; with the rrr distinct values of xkx^kxk this gives at least rφ(r)r\varphi(r)rφ(r) states ∣c,xk⟩|c, x^k\rangle∣c,xk⟩, and each such ccc gives us rrr.

Significance

The goal is the quantitative statement behind "order finding is in bounded-error quantum polynomial time": since φ(r)/r≥δ/log⁡log⁡r\varphi(r)/r \ge \delta/\log\log rφ(r)/r≥δ/loglogr for a constant δ\deltaδ (Hardy and Wright, Thm. 328), O(log⁡log⁡r)O(\log\log r)O(loglogr) repetitions find rrr with high probability, and Miller's reduction then factors nnn. Without the bound, the algorithm is a procedure with no guarantee.

The result is proved, in the paper and in textbooks (Nielsen and Chuang, 2000, §5.3), usually with a phase-estimation analysis rather than Shor's direct count. What this mission adds is a machine-checked proof of Shor's own argument, with his choice of qqq and his constants, starting from the state built by applying AqA_qAq​ to (5.2). Formal proofs of idealized versions exist elsewhere, for instance in the exact-period model where rrr divides qqq and the output is uniform on rrr peaks, but that model removes the approximation that the 1/3r21/3r^21/3r2 bound is about. Legendre's theorem on continued fractions is already on the platform (FamousTheorems.legendre_continued_fraction_theorem) and is included as a reference item.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to compute the output distribution in closed form. That works only when rrr divides qqq; here qqq is a power of 222 and rrr is arbitrary, so the amplitudes are geometric sums of ⌊(q−k−1)/r⌋+1\lfloor (q-k-1)/r\rfloor + 1⌊(q−k−1)/r⌋+1 terms whose phases do not cancel exactly. The per-state bound 1/3r21/3r^21/3r2 requires a lower bound on such a sum that is uniform in rrr, ccc and kkk, with error terms of order 1/q1/q1/q controlled against a main term of order 1/r21/r^21/r2. The constant 1/31/31/3 leaves only a small margin below the limiting value 4/π2≈0.4054/\pi^2 \approx 0.4054/π2≈0.405, so the errors must be bounded explicitly, not merely shown to vanish.

The second difficulty is the counting: distinct coprime numerators ddd must give distinct outcomes ccc in [0,q)[0, q)[0,q), and each good ccc must determine rrr uniquely, which uses r<nr < nr<n and n2≤qn^2 \le qn2≤q.

Formalization scope

Conventions the statements commit to:

  • States are functions Fin q × ZMod n → ℂ; the matrix convention is row = input, so applying AqA_qAq​ to the first register gives the amplitude ∑aψ(a,y)(Aq)a,c\sum_a \psi(a, y)(A_q)_{a,c}∑a​ψ(a,y)(Aq​)a,c​ at (c,y)(c, y)(c,y).
  • The final state is built by applying AqA_qAq​ to the state (5.2); the closed forms (5.5) and (5.6) are theorems, not definitions. No normalization hypothesis is assumed.
  • Probabilities are squared moduli; the probability of the event "ccc gives us rrr" sums over all y∈Z/ny \in \mathbb{Z}/ny∈Z/n, which is exact because yyy that are not powers of xxx have probability zero.
  • xxx is a natural number with gcd⁡(x,n)=1\gcd(x, n) = 1gcd(x,n)=1; rrr is orderOf (x : ZMod n). qqq enters through the three hypotheses q=2lq = 2^lq=2l, n2≤qn^2 \le qn2≤q, q<2n2q < 2n^2q<2n2, not through a function of nnn.
  • Fractions are rationals, and "in lowest terms" is Rat.den.
  • Thresholds "for sufficiently large nnn" are ∃N, ∀n≥N\exists N,\ \forall n \ge N∃N, ∀n≥N, with NNN quantified before xxx, qqq, ccc and kkk.
  • Condition (5.11) is stated in its equivalent form (5.12), with an integer ddd.
  • Printed slip. Eq. (5.13)'s justification says "Because q>n2q > n^2q>n2", but qqq was chosen with n2≤qn^2 \le qn2≤q, and q=n2q = n^2q=n2 when nnn is a power of 222. The uniqueness claim holds under n2≤qn^2 \le qn2≤q, and that is what is stated.

Typing the closed form (5.4)–(5.6) in as the definition of the final state would make milestone 1 trivial and hide whether the probability model is the paper's; the definitions exclude this by construction.

Not stated: the polynomial running time of any step, the O(log⁡log⁡r)O(\log\log r)O(loglogr) repetition count (no explicit constant), the reversible modular exponentiation of §3, and the post-processing heuristics on p. 1501. Needed infrastructure: bounds on geometric exponential sums, Euler's totient, Diophantine approximation by fractions with bounded denominator, and Mathlib's continued fractions. Lemmas on geometric sums of roots of unity and on the order of units mod nnn are reusable in the companion discrete logarithm mission.

Selected references

  • P. W. Shor, Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer, SIAM J. Comput. 26(5):1484–1509, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539795293172
  • P. W. Shor, Algorithms for quantum computation: discrete logarithms and factoring, Proc. 35th FOCS, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.1994.365700
  • G. L. Miller, Riemann's hypothesis and tests for primality, J. Comput. System Sci. 13(3):300–317, 1976. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(76)80043-8
  • G. H. Hardy and E. M. Wright, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, 5th ed., Oxford, 1979 (Ch. X, continued fractions; Thm. 328).
  • M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511976667
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems IV: The Optimal Randomized Two-Server Ratio 1652/1069 on the 3-4-5 TriangleResearch Paper

Motivation

The kkk-server problem is a basic model of on-line decision making. kkk mobile servers move in a metric space, requests for points arrive one at a time, and each request has to be covered by a server before the next one arrives. The cost is the total distance the servers move. The problem includes paging, caching and disk-head scheduling as special cases (Manasse, McGeoch, Sleator 1990). An on-line algorithm is judged by its competitive factor: how much its cost can exceed that of an off-line algorithm that knows the whole request sequence in advance.

For randomized algorithms against an oblivious adversary (one that fixes the whole request sequence before the algorithm flips any coins), the best-understood case is paging, which is the kkk-server problem on a uniform metric space. There the optimal factor is the harmonic number Hk=∑i=1k1/iH_k=\sum_{i=1}^k 1/iHk​=∑i=1k​1/i. Fiat et al. proved the lower bound (1991) and McGeoch and Sleator the matching upper bound (1991). Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki (Algorithmica 11, 1994, §5) asked whether HkH_kHk​-competitive algorithms also exist when the metric space is not uniform. They answered no, already for two servers on three points: on certain triangles the optimal randomized factor is strictly larger than H2=3/2H_2 = 3/2H2​=3/2. This mission formalizes their Theorem 13, which gives the exact optimal factor on the triangle with edge lengths 3, 4 and 5.

Timeline:

  • 1990: Manasse, McGeoch and Sleator introduce the kkk-server problem; kkk is the deterministic optimum for k=2k=2k=2.
  • 1991: Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young prove the HkH_kHk​ lower bound for randomized paging. McGeoch and Sleator give an HkH_kHk​-competitive paging algorithm.
  • 1994: Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki determine the optimal randomized two-server factors on the isosceles triangles 111-ddd-ddd (Theorem 12) and on the 3-4-5 triangle (Theorem 13, the ratio 1652/10691652/10691652/1069). Both exceed 3/23/23/2.

Setting

Let MMM be a metric space with exactly three points a,b,ca, b, ca,b,c, where d(a,b)=3d(a,b)=3d(a,b)=3, d(a,c)=5d(a,c)=5d(a,c)=5 and d(b,c)=4d(b,c)=4d(b,c)=4. A configuration CCC gives the positions of two labelled servers in MMM. A request sequence σ\sigmaσ is a finite list of points of MMM.

A deterministic on-line algorithm assigns to each prefix of a request sequence a configuration, in which the last request is covered. Its configuration after a prefix therefore cannot depend on later requests. Its initial configuration is the one it assigns to the empty prefix, and its cost CA(σ)C_A(\sigma)CA​(σ) on σ\sigmaσ is the total distance its servers move while serving σ\sigmaσ request by request.

The optimal off-line cost Copt(σ)C_{opt}(\sigma)Copt​(σ) from an initial configuration C0C_0C0​ is the infimum, over all schedules that start at C0C_0C0​ and cover each request of σ\sigmaσ in turn, of the total distance moved.

A randomized on-line algorithm AAA is a probability distribution over deterministic on-line algorithms, all starting at C0C_0C0​. The cost on each fixed σ\sigmaσ is required to be measurable in the random choice, and ECA(σ)\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma)ECA​(σ) is the expected cost. AAA is ρ\rhoρ-competitive against an oblivious adversary if there is a constant aaa such that for every request sequence σ\sigmaσ,

ECA(σ)≤ρ⋅Copt(σ)+a.\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma) \le \rho\cdot C_{opt}(\sigma) + a .ECA​(σ)≤ρ⋅Copt​(σ)+a.

These are the definitions of p. 543 of the paper. They are the platform's published KServer_model and KServer_randomized, which this mission reuses unchanged: KServer.RandomizedAlgorithm 2 M and A.IsCompetitiveFrom C₀ ρ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 13

For every initial configuration C0C_0C0​ of the two servers,

(∀A, ∀ρ, A is ρ-competitive from C0⇒ρ≥16521069) ∧ (∃A, A is 16521069-competitive from C0).\Big(\forall A,\ \forall \rho,\ A \text{ is } \rho\text{-competitive from } C_0 \Rightarrow \rho \ge \tfrac{1652}{1069}\Big)\ \wedge\ \Big(\exists A,\ A \text{ is } \tfrac{1652}{1069}\text{-competitive from } C_0\Big).(∀A, ∀ρ, A is ρ-competitive from C0​⇒ρ≥10691652​) ∧ (∃A, A is 10691652​-competitive from C0​).

The first claim is quantified over all randomized algorithms, so it also covers deterministic ones (point masses). The second claim asks for one algorithm. Together they say that 1652/1069≈1.5451652/1069 \approx 1.5451652/1069≈1.545 is the exact optimal randomized factor on this triangle.

Milestones

  1. The phase LP lower bound (p. 568). Twelve linear constraints in nine probabilities π1,…,π9\pi_1,\dots,\pi_9π1​,…,π9​, three potentials Φab,Φac,Φbc\Phi_{ab},\Phi_{ac},\Phi_{bc}Φab​,Φac​,Φbc​ and a ratio α\alphaα, one constraint for each possible phase of the request sequence, of the form
A’s cost≤α⋅(opt’s cost)+Φinitial−Φfinal.\text{A's cost} \le \alpha\cdot(\text{opt's cost}) + \Phi_{\text{initial}} - \Phi_{\text{final}}.A’s cost≤α⋅(opt’s cost)+Φinitial​−Φfinal​.

Every real solution has α≥1652/1069\alpha \ge 1652/1069α≥1652/1069. 2. The LP attainment (p. 568). The paper's printed probabilities lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and with suitable potentials they satisfy all twelve constraints at α=1652/1069\alpha = 1652/1069α=1652/1069. 3. Theorem 13, first claim: the lower bound for every randomized algorithm. 4. Theorem 13, second claim: a 1652/10691652/10691652/1069-competitive randomized algorithm exists.

Significance

The result. Theorem 13 shows that the HkH_kHk​ behaviour of randomized paging does not carry over to general metric spaces. Two servers on a three-point space already force a factor above 3/23/23/2. The value is exact, which makes this triangle a test case for any general theory of randomized kkk-server algorithms on small metric spaces. With Theorem 12 (the isosceles triangles, a companion mission of this series), it is one of the few non-uniform metric spaces with a known optimal randomized factor.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved since 1994. To our knowledge there is no machine-checked proof. The paper derives both bounds from two framework theorems for phase-based algorithms: Theorem 3 (an LP lower bound for phase-based algorithms bounds every algorithm) and Theorem 2 (a lazy phase-based algorithm with LP bound α\alphaα is α\alphaα-competitive). The phase tables themselves (which phases can occur and what they cost) are stated without detailed proof. A formal proof has to supply both framework arguments for this space and verify the phase tables, as well as the finite linear algebra of milestones 1 and 2. The milestones isolate the exact-arithmetic core so that it can be closed independently of the probabilistic part.

Difficulty

The two LP milestones are finite exact-arithmetic facts. The hard part is linking them to Theorem 13.

For the lower bound, an algorithm need not be phase-based at all. Its probabilities may depend on the whole history, not only on the current phase, and it may leave the configuration of the off-line optimum at the end of a phase. The obvious attempt is to fix one hard request sequence and compare costs, but that cannot work: randomization defeats any single sequence. The reduction from arbitrary algorithms to phase-based ones (the paper's Theorem 3) is the substantive step.

For the upper bound, the printed probabilities describe the algorithm's marginal position after each prefix of a phase. They have to be realized as a single probability distribution over deterministic on-line algorithms that is lazy (it moves only to serve a request) and whose expected cost per phase equals the table's entry. On top of this, the LP accounting has to be turned into a bound on arbitrary request sequences, including partial phases and a start away from the optimum's configuration.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The platform definitions KServer_model and KServer_randomized are used unchanged. Servers are labelled (Config 2 M = Fin 2 → M). A deterministic algorithm is a function of the request prefix, which makes it on-line by construction. A randomized algorithm is a mixed strategy with a probability measure and a measurability field, and its expected cost is the lower Lebesgue integral of the nonnegative cost. The off-line optimum is a real infimum over schedules from C0C_0C0​; the set is nonempty and bounded below by 000. Competitiveness allows any real additive constant.
  • The triangle is given by hypotheses on an arbitrary metric space: every point equals aaa, bbb or ccc, and d(a,b)=3d(a,b)=3d(a,b)=3, d(a,c)=5d(a,c)=5d(a,c)=5, d(b,c)=4d(b,c)=4d(b,c)=4. These hypotheses are satisfiable (3+4≥53+4\ge53+4≥5) and force three distinct points.
  • Initial configuration. Both claims are stated for every initial configuration C0C_0C0​, including both servers on one point. The paper does not fix the start; the additive constant absorbs it.
  • LP milestones. The thirteen LP variables are free reals, with no box 0≤πi≤10\le\pi_i\le 10≤πi​≤1, exactly as the paper permits. This makes milestone 1 stronger than the boxed version; the minimum is the same either way. The twelve constraints are written out one per hypothesis, in the table's order, with the potential difference Φinitial−Φfinal\Phi_{\text{initial}} - \Phi_{\text{final}}Φinitial​−Φfinal​ on the right. In milestone 2 the potentials are existentially quantified, since the paper names none.
  • Not stated. The paper's Theorems 2 and 3 (the phase framework) and the phase tables are not separate milestones. Milestone 1 feeds the first claim through Theorem 3, and milestone 2 feeds the second claim through Theorem 2. Contributions formalizing phase-based algorithms, laziness and the LP-bound reduction for finite metric spaces would be reusable for Theorem 12 and Theorem 14 of the same paper.
  • Ruled out. The lower bound is not restricted to deterministic or to phase-based algorithms, and it is not stated as "one sequence defeats every algorithm". The constant is exactly 1652/10691652/10691652/1069, not an approximation, and the attainment claim is not weakened to "for some initial configuration".

Selected references

  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, S. Owicki, Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems, Algorithmica 11 (1994) 542–571. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01189993
  • M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Algorithms for Server Problems, Journal of Algorithms 11 (1990) 208–230. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(90)90003-W
  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive Paging Algorithms, Journal of Algorithms 12 (1991) 685–699. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(91)90041-V
  • L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, A Strongly Competitive Randomized Paging Algorithm, Algorithmica 6 (1991) 816–825. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01759073
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems III: The Optimal Randomized Two-Server Ratio on the 1-d-d Isosceles TriangleResearch Paper

Motivation

The k-server problem of Manasse, McGeoch and Sleator (J. Algorithms 11 (1990)) asks how kkk mobile servers in a metric space should respond, on-line, to a sequence of requests at points of the space, each of which must be covered by a server. It is the central model of on-line computation: paging is the special case of a uniform metric, and many caching and scheduling problems reduce to it. For two servers the deterministic picture is complete: the optimal competitive ratio is 222 on every metric space with at least three points.

Randomization changes the picture, and the smallest nontrivial case already shows how. On the equilateral triangle the optimal randomized ratio against an oblivious adversary is 3/23/23/2. Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki (Algorithmica 11 (1994) 542–571) computed the exact optimal randomized ratio for several nonuniform triangles, where the distances differ, and showed that it depends on the geometry. Their Theorem 12 settles the whole family of isosceles triangles with edge lengths 111, ddd, ddd. These exact values are among the few known optimal randomized ratios for server problems.

Timeline:

  • 1990: Manasse, McGeoch and Sleator introduce the kkk-server problem and prove the deterministic two-server ratio is 222.
  • 1990–1994: Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki submit this paper (received August 1990, revised September 1991) and publish it in Algorithmica in 1994, with the isosceles-triangle ratios of Theorem 12 and the 3-4-5 triangle ratio 1652/10691652/10691652/1069 of Theorem 13.
  • Later: Karloff, Rabani and Ravid extend the technique to Ω(log⁡log⁡k)\Omega(\log\log k)Ω(loglogk) and Ω(log⁡k)\Omega(\log k)Ω(logk) randomized lower bounds (cited on p. 564); Bubeck, Coester and Rabani (STOC 2023) refute the randomized kkk-server conjecture.

Setting

Fix an integer d≥1d\ge1d≥1. The isosceles triangle MMM has three points aaa, bbb, ccc with

dist⁡(a,b)=1,dist⁡(a,c)=dist⁡(b,c)=d.\operatorname{dist}(a,b)=1,\qquad \operatorname{dist}(a,c)=\operatorname{dist}(b,c)=d.dist(a,b)=1,dist(a,c)=dist(b,c)=d.

A configuration C:{0,1}→MC:\{0,1\}\to MC:{0,1}→M places two labelled servers on points of MMM. A deterministic on-line algorithm assigns to every finite request sequence σ=(r1,…,rn)\sigma=(r_1,\dots,r_n)σ=(r1​,…,rn​) a configuration, computed from σ\sigmaσ alone and covering the last request; its value on the empty sequence is its initial configuration. Its cost CA(σ)C_A(\sigma)CA​(σ) is the total distance its servers move while serving σ\sigmaσ request by request. The off-line optimum Copt(σ)C_{opt}(\sigma)Copt​(σ) from an initial configuration C0C_0C0​ is the least total movement of any schedule that starts at C0C_0C0​ and covers each request in turn, knowing σ\sigmaσ in advance.

A randomized algorithm is a probability distribution on deterministic on-line algorithms; its expected cost is ECA(σ)\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma)ECA​(σ). It is ρ\rhoρ-competitive against an oblivious adversary from C0C_0C0​ if every algorithm in its support starts at C0C_0C0​ and there is a constant aaa such that

ECA(σ)≤ρ⋅Copt(σ)+afor every request sequence σ.\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma)\le\rho\cdot C_{opt}(\sigma)+a\qquad\text{for every request sequence }\sigma.ECA​(σ)≤ρ⋅Copt​(σ)+afor every request sequence σ.

The request sequence is fixed in advance and does not react to the algorithm's coin flips.

Write ep=(1+1/p)pe_p=(1+1/p)^pep​=(1+1/p)p and

αd=e2d−1+1/4d(e2d−1−1)+1/2d,e2d−1=(2d2d−1)2d−1.\alpha_d=\frac{e_{2d-1}+1/4d}{(e_{2d-1}-1)+1/2d},\qquad e_{2d-1}=\left(\frac{2d}{2d-1}\right)^{2d-1}.αd​=(e2d−1​−1)+1/2de2d−1​+1/4d​,e2d−1​=(2d−12d​)2d−1.

In Lean this is NonuniformCompetitive.Isosceles.isoscelesRatio d.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 12

For every d≥1d\ge1d≥1 and every initial configuration C0C_0C0​:

∀A, ∀ρ,A is ρ-competitive from C0 ⟹ ρ≥αd,\forall A,\ \forall\rho,\quad A\text{ is }\rho\text{-competitive from }C_0\ \Longrightarrow\ \rho\ge\alpha_d,∀A, ∀ρ,A is ρ-competitive from C0​ ⟹ ρ≥αd​, ∃A: A is αd-competitive from C0.\exists A:\ A\text{ is }\alpha_d\text{-competitive from }C_0.∃A: A is αd​-competitive from C0​.

The two claims are also milestones of their own (no_better_ratio, ratio_attained).

The phase LP (§5, pp. 565–566)

For free real π1,…,π2d−1\pi_1,\dots,\pi_{2d-1}π1​,…,π2d−1​ and real α\alphaα with

(πk)2d+∑i=1k(1−πi)≤αk  (1≤k<2d),2d+∑i=12d−1(1−πi)+12≤α⋅2d,(\pi_k)2d+\sum_{i=1}^k(1-\pi_i)\le\alpha k\ \ (1\le k<2d),\qquad 2d+\sum_{i=1}^{2d-1}(1-\pi_i)+\tfrac12\le\alpha\cdot2d,(πk​)2d+i=1∑k​(1−πi​)≤αk  (1≤k<2d),2d+i=1∑2d−1​(1−πi​)+21​≤α⋅2d,

one has α≥αd\alpha\ge\alpha_dα≥αd​ (lp_lower_bound); and πk=(αd−1)((2d/(2d−1))k−1)\pi_k=(\alpha_d-1)\big((2d/(2d-1))^k-1\big)πk​=(αd​−1)((2d/(2d−1))k−1), π2d=1\pi_{2d}=1π2d​=1 is nondecreasing from π1≥0\pi_1\ge0π1​≥0 to 111 and makes every constraint an equality (lp_attained).

The limit remark (§5, p. 566)

α1<α2<α3<⋯ ,lim⁡d→∞αd=ee−1\alpha_1<\alpha_2<\alpha_3<\cdots,\qquad \lim_{d\to\infty}\alpha_d=\frac{e}{e-1}α1​<α2​<α3​<⋯,d→∞lim​αd​=e−1e​

(ratio_increases_to_e_ratio).

Significance

The theorem gives an exact optimal randomized ratio for an infinite family of metric spaces. It shows that the optimal randomized two-server ratio is not a constant: it runs from 3/23/23/2 on the equilateral triangle to e/(e−1)≈1.582e/(e-1)\approx1.582e/(e−1)≈1.582 as the triangle becomes long and thin, where the problem resembles ski rental. With the deterministic ratio 222, it quantifies exactly how much randomization gains on these spaces.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized on Prove2Me, and no machine-checked proof of them is known. A formal proof would require the paper's phase framework (Theorems 1–3 and the appendix's Theorem 15) for server problems, which this mission does not state separately, and a concrete randomized algorithm as a measurable mixed strategy. Both would be reusable for Theorem 13 (the 3-4-5 triangle) and for other exact ratios on small metric spaces.

Difficulty

The phase LP milestones are finite real arithmetic. The difficulty is the passage between them and the goal. The lower bound must hold for every randomized algorithm, not only phase-based lazy ones: an arbitrary algorithm may condition on the whole history, move non-lazily, and randomize in ways that do not reduce to the probabilities πk\pi_kπk​. The paper handles this with Theorem 3, which says that the LP bound of phase-based algorithms bounds the competitive factor of all algorithms; its proof uses an averaging argument over histories that must be made rigorous. The upper bound needs a mixed strategy over infinitely many phases, with measurable costs, an explicit additive constant covering the first partial phase from an arbitrary initial configuration, and an accounting of CoptC_{opt}Copt​ across phase boundaries.

Formalization scope

The model is the platform's published KServer_model and KServer_randomized (reference items): labelled servers Fin 2 → M; a deterministic on-line algorithm as a map from request prefixes to configurations; a randomized algorithm as a probability measure over deterministic algorithms, with the cost of each fixed sequence measurable in the random outcome; expected cost as a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the off-line optimum as a real infimum over schedules from C0C_0C0​ (nonempty and bounded below by 000); and IsCompetitiveFrom A C₀ c with a real additive constant.

Committed conventions:

  • The triangle is any metric space whose points are exactly a,b,ca,b,ca,b,c at distances 1,d,d1,d,d1,d,d, with ddd a natural number and d≥1d\ge1d≥1. Every such space is isometric to the paper's triangle; at d=0d=0d=0 it would not be a triangle.
  • Both claims are stated for every initial configuration, including both servers on one point. The paper treats the initial state {a,b}\{a,b\}{a,b} separately and absorbs the first partial phase into the additive constant.
  • The lower bound quantifies over all randomized algorithms (deterministic ones are point masses), never over phase-based ones only.
  • In the LP milestones the πk\pi_kπk​ are free reals, as printed; no box 0≤πk≤10\le\pi_k\le10≤πk​≤1 is imposed.
  • "Grows" in the limit remark is read as strictly increasing.
  • The paper prints the recurrence on p. 565 as πk=α−1+(πk−1)2d−12d\pi_k=\frac{\alpha-1+(\pi_{k-1})2d-1}{2d}πk​=2dα−1+(πk−1​)2d−1​; the equations (∗)(*)(∗) give πk=α−1+2d πk−12d−1\pi_k=\frac{\alpha-1+2d\,\pi_{k-1}}{2d-1}πk​=2d−1α−1+2dπk−1​​. The recurrence is not used; the closed form printed on p. 566 is correct and is the one stated.

Without the measurability field of a randomized algorithm the lower integral would under-report expected cost and the attainment claim would become easier than the paper's; the published definition includes it. The lower bound is not vacuous: the triangle hypotheses are satisfiable for every d≥1d\ge1d≥1.

Welcome contributions: a formal version of the phase framework (Theorems 1–3, 15) for finite metric spaces, reusable across missions III and IV; a measurable construction of phase-based randomized algorithms; and proofs of the LP milestones.

Selected references

  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, S. Owicki, Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems, Algorithmica 11 (1994) 542–571. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01189993
  • M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Algorithms for Server Problems, J. Algorithms 11 (1990) 208–230. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(90)90003-W
  • H. Karloff, Y. Rabani, Y. Ravid, Lower Bounds for Randomized k-Server and Motion-Planning Algorithms, SIAM J. Comput. 23 (1994) 293–312. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539792224838
  • S. Bubeck, C. Coester, Y. Rabani, The Randomized k-Server Conjecture Is False!, STOC 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2211.05753
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryDynamical SystemsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Global Convergence of Stochastic Fictitious Play IV: Almost Sure Convergence in Supermodular Games with a Unique Rest PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Fictitious play is the oldest model of learning in games: each player repeatedly best-responds to the empirical frequencies of the opponents' past play. Stochastic fictitious play adds random payoff disturbances before each choice, so that players choose smoothed ("perturbed") best responses. It is a standard model in economics and in the study of learning in games (Fudenberg and Levine, 1998), and its long-run behavior is described through a deterministic mean dynamic, the perturbed best response dynamic, using stochastic approximation theory (Benaïm and Hirsch, 1999).

Supermodular games model strategic complementarities: the gain from moving to a higher strategy increases when opponents move to higher strategies. They arise in coordination, oligopoly and macroeconomic models (Milgrom and Roberts, 1990; Vives, 1990). Hofbauer and Sandholm (Econometrica 2002) show that in such games stochastic fictitious play converges almost surely whenever its mean dynamic has a unique rest point. This mission formalizes that result and the chain of lemmas behind it (Section 5 and the Appendix of the paper).

Timeline. Benaïm and Hirsch (1999) observed that supermodular games with exactly two strategies per player yield strongly monotone perturbed best response dynamics. Hofbauer and Sandholm (2002) extended this to any number of strategies by introducing stochastic dominance coordinates, and proved Theorem 6.1(iv). Benaïm (2000) supplied the low-dimensional convergence theorem used for the dimension ≤ 2 clause.

Setting

A ppp player normal form game gives player α\alphaα an ordered finite strategy set Sα={0,…,nα−1}S^\alpha = \{0,\dots,n^\alpha - 1\}Sα={0,…,nα−1} and a utility uαu^\alphauα on pure profiles. Σ=∏αΔSα\Sigma = \prod_\alpha \Delta S^\alphaΣ=∏α​ΔSα is the set of mixed profiles, and player α\alphaα's payoff vector is Uiα(x−α)=∑s: sα=iuα(s)∏β≠αxsββU^\alpha_i(x^{-\alpha}) = \sum_{s:\, s^\alpha = i} u^\alpha(s) \prod_{\beta \ne \alpha} x^\beta_{s^\beta}Uiα​(x−α)=∑s:sα=i​uα(s)∏β=α​xsββ​.

The game is strictly supermodular if for all distinct players α≠β\alpha \ne \betaα=β and all profiles s,s^s, \hat ss,s^ with sα>s^αs^\alpha > \hat s^\alphasα>s^α and s−α=s^−αs^{-\alpha} = \hat s^{-\alpha}s−α=s^−α, the difference uα(s)−uα(s^)u^\alpha(s) - u^\alpha(\hat s)uα(s)−uα(s^) is strictly increasing in sβ=s^βs^\beta = \hat s^\betasβ=s^β.

Each player α\alphaα has a shock density fαf^\alphafα on Rnα\mathbb R^{n^\alpha}Rnα, strictly positive, whose choice function Ciα(π)=P(argmax⁡jπj+εj=i)C^\alpha_i(\pi) = P(\operatorname{argmax}_j \pi_j + \varepsilon_j = i)Ciα​(π)=P(argmaxj​πj​+εj​=i) is continuously differentiable. The perturbed best response is B~α(x−α)=Cα(Uα(x−α))\tilde B^\alpha(x^{-\alpha}) = C^\alpha(U^\alpha(x^{-\alpha}))B~α(x−α)=Cα(Uα(x−α)), and the perturbed best response dynamic is

(P)x˙α=B~α(x−α)−xα.(\mathrm P)\qquad \dot x^\alpha = \tilde B^\alpha(x^{-\alpha}) - x^\alpha .(P)x˙α=B~α(x−α)−xα.

RP(P)RP(\mathrm P)RP(P) is its set of rest points in Σ\SigmaΣ and CR(P)CR(\mathrm P)CR(P) its chain recurrent set.

In standard stochastic fictitious play the shocks εtα\varepsilon^\alpha_tεtα​ have densities fαf^\alphafα and are independent over time and across players. From an arbitrary initial pure profile ζ1\zeta_1ζ1​, each player at time t+1t+1t+1 plays the pure strategy maximizing Ukα(Zt−α)+(εtα)kU^\alpha_k(Z_t^{-\alpha}) + (\varepsilon^\alpha_t)_kUkα​(Zt−α​)+(εtα​)k​, where Zt=1t∑u≤tζuZ_t = \frac1t \sum_{u \le t} \zeta_uZt​=t1​∑u≤t​ζu​ is the vector of empirical frequencies.

The stochastic dominance coordinates are (Tαxα)i=∑j>ixjα∈Rnα−1(T^\alpha x^\alpha)_i = \sum_{j > i} x^\alpha_j \in \mathbb R^{n^\alpha - 1}(Tαxα)i​=∑j>i​xjα​∈Rnα−1, the mass on strategies above iii; Tx≤TyT x \le T yTx≤Ty means each yαy^\alphayα stochastically dominates xαx^\alphaxα. In these coordinates (P) becomes a dynamic (T) on T(Σ)T(\Sigma)T(Σ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1(iv), unique rest point clause

For a strictly supermodular game with p≥2p \ge 2p≥2 players and shock densities as above, if RP(P)={x∗}RP(\mathrm P) = \{x^*\}RP(P)={x∗} then

P(lim⁡t→∞Zt=x∗)=1,P\Big(\lim_{t\to\infty} Z_t = x^*\Big) = 1,P(t→∞lim​Zt​=x∗)=1,

on every probability space, for every independent shock family with the given densities and every initial profile.

Milestones

  • Lemma A.2, eq. (14), Lemma A.3 and eqs. (17)–(18): the order-theoretic and differential facts behind monotonicity.
  • Theorem 5.1: T−αy−α≥T−αx−α⇒TαB~α(y−α)≥TαB~α(x−α)T^{-\alpha} y^{-\alpha} \ge T^{-\alpha} x^{-\alpha} \Rightarrow T^\alpha \tilde B^\alpha(y^{-\alpha}) \ge T^\alpha \tilde B^\alpha(x^{-\alpha})T−αy−α≥T−αx−α⇒TαB~α(y−α)≥TαB~α(x−α).
  • Theorem 5.2: there are rest points x‾,xˉ\underline x, \bar xx​,xˉ with RP(P)⊆[x‾,xˉ]RP(\mathrm P) \subseteq [\underline x, \bar x]RP(P)⊆[x​,xˉ].
  • Proposition 5.3: (P) and (T) are linearly conjugate.
  • Theorem 5.4: (T) is cooperative and irreducible.
  • Corollary 5.5(i)–(ii): (P) is strongly monotone, and CR(P)⊆[x‾,xˉ]CR(\mathrm P) \subseteq [\underline x, \bar x]CR(P)⊆[x​,xˉ], so CR(P)={x∗}CR(\mathrm P) = \{x^*\}CR(P)={x∗} when the rest point is unique.

Significance

The result gives global almost-sure convergence of a stochastic learning process in a broad class of games with many strategies, where earlier results needed two strategies per player or specific payoff structures. It also shows which properties of the choice function matter: only eqs. (17)–(18), not the symmetry of its derivative used for potential and zero-sum games.

The paper's proof is complete but relies on outside results: stochastic approximation (Benaïm–Hirsch 1999, Benaïm 1999), monotone dynamical systems (Smith 1995), and the inclusion of the chain recurrent set in the global attractor (Robinson 1995). None of these, nor the Hofbauer–Sandholm theorem itself, is formalized in any proof assistant as far as known. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the theorem and of the Section 5 monotonicity theory.

Difficulty

The monotonicity lemmas are finite-dimensional calculus and summation by parts. The substantial steps are elsewhere. Strong monotonicity of a cooperative irreducible system (Corollary 5.5(i)) is a theorem of monotone dynamical systems that Mathlib does not have, and it must hold on the closed, non-open state space T(Σ)T(\Sigma)T(Σ). The step from the ODE to the random process needs the stochastic approximation theorem: the empirical frequencies are an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of (P), and their limit set is almost surely internally chain transitive. Knowing that x∗x^*x∗ is globally asymptotically stable for (P) does not by itself give almost-sure convergence of ZtZ_tZt​. The limit set of the random process must be related to the chain recurrent set of (P), which is where Corollary 5.5(ii) enters.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin p, strategies Fin (n α) (0-based, same order as the paper), with every nα≥1n^\alpha \ge 1nα≥1. Mixed profiles live in the ambient space ∏αRnα\prod_\alpha \mathbb R^{n^\alpha}∏α​Rnα with the sup norm. The fields of (P) and (T) are defined on the whole ambient space, so partial derivatives are ordinary Fréchet derivatives. Densities are [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued. Solutions are forward solutions staying in the state space. The chain recurrent set quantifies over solutions, which are unique here because the fields are C1C^1C1. The process ZtZ_tZt​ is defined pathwise from the shocks, with ties in the argmax broken by the smallest index (a null event). Densities may differ across players.

A statement about the ODE (P), or about a single noise law such as logit, would be a different and much weaker theorem. The goal is about the random process ZtZ_tZt​, on every probability space carrying independent shocks with the given densities. Irreducibility and strong monotonicity additionally assume that two distinct players each have at least two strategies; when one player owns every stochastic dominance coordinate and has at least two of them, supermodularity holds vacuously while irreducibility fails.

A complete development needs: random utility choice functions and their derivatives; monotone and cooperative ODE theory on convex sets; the chain recurrent set and the global attractor; stochastic approximation for processes with step size 1/t1/t1/t. The last three are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, and general-purpose lemmas on cooperative systems or stochastic approximation, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Hofbauer and W. H. Sandholm, On the Global Convergence of Stochastic Fictitious Play, Econometrica 70 (2002), 2265–2294. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00376 (formalized from the authors' manuscript of February 21, 2002)
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Mixed Equilibria and Dynamical Systems Arising from Repeated Games, Games and Economic Behavior 29 (1999), 36–72. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0636
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer (1999). https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm, Convergence with Probability One of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms Whose Average is Cooperative, Nonlinearity 13 (2000), 601–616. https://doi.org/10.1088/0951-7715/13/3/305
  • H. L. Smith, Monotone Dynamical Systems, AMS Mathematical Surveys and Monographs 41 (1995). https://doi.org/10.1090/surv/041
  • P. Milgrom and J. Roberts, Rationalizability, Learning, and Equilibrium in Games with Strategic Complementarities, Econometrica 58 (1990), 1255–1277. https://doi.org/10.2307/2938316
  • D. Fudenberg and D. K. Levine, The Theory of Learning in Games, MIT Press (1998).
17 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem V: Worst-Case Value-at-Risk over Covariance Ambiguity Sets as a Quadratically Constrained ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

In the capacitated vehicle routing problem (CVRP) a fleet of mmm vehicles of capacity QQQ leaves a depot and serves nnn customers; every customer is visited once, and the load of each route must not exceed QQQ. In practice customer demands are uncertain at planning time. The chance-constrained CVRP asks that each route respect the capacity with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ, but this presupposes a known demand distribution, which is rarely available. Ghosal and Wiesemann (Oper. Res. 68(3), 2020) require the chance constraints to hold for every distribution in an ambiguity set P\mathcal PP built from the information that can actually be estimated: support, means and dispersion bounds.

Their branch-and-cut method separates rounded capacity inequalities whose right-hand side is the worst-case value-at-risk of the total demand of a customer set SSS. This quantity is evaluated thousands of times during the search, so it matters whether it has a closed form or a small convex reformulation. This mission concerns the paper's covariance ambiguity sets (§5.2), which bound the whole covariance matrix of the demands and can therefore express that demands of nearby customers are correlated, as happens with geographically clustered demand. The covariance bound can be derived from data, for example analytically through McDiarmid's inequality (Delage and Ye, 2010) or by bootstrapping.

Setting

Customers are indexed by i∈{1,…,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}i∈{1,…,n} and their random demand vector is q~∈Rn\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\in\mathbb R^nq~​∈Rn. Fix a box Q=[q‾,q‾]\mathcal Q=[\underline{\boldsymbol q},\overline{\boldsymbol q}]Q=[q​,q​] with q‾≥0\underline{\boldsymbol q}\ge\mathbf 0q​≥0, a mean vector μ\boldsymbol\muμ in the interior of Q\mathcal QQ, and a symmetric positive definite matrix Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0. The covariance ambiguity set is

P={P∈P0(Rn): P[q~∈Q]=1, EP[q~]=μ, EP[(q~−μ)(q~−μ)⊤]⪯Σ},(16)\mathcal P=\Big\{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P_0(\mathbb R^n):\ \mathbb P[\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\in\mathcal Q]=1,\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\tilde{\boldsymbol q}]=\boldsymbol\mu,\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big[(\tilde{\boldsymbol q}-\boldsymbol\mu)(\tilde{\boldsymbol q}-\boldsymbol\mu)^\top\big]\preceq\Sigma\Big\},\tag{16}P={P∈P0​(Rn): P[q~​∈Q]=1, EP​[q~​]=μ, EP​[(q~​−μ)(q~​−μ)⊤]⪯Σ},(16)

where P0(Rn)\mathcal P_0(\mathbb R^n)P0​(Rn) is the set of all probability distributions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and A⪯ΣA\preceq\SigmaA⪯Σ means that Σ−A\Sigma-AΣ−A is positive semidefinite.

For a distribution P\mathbb PP and a real random variable X~\tilde XX~, the value-at-risk at level 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ, ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), is P-VaR1−ϵ[X~]=inf⁡{x∈R:P[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde X]=\inf\{x\in\mathbb R:\mathbb P[\tilde X\le x]\ge1-\epsilon\}P-VaR1−ϵ​[X~]=inf{x∈R:P[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}. For a customer set SSS, the worst-case value-at-risk is sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i]supP∈P​P-VaR1−ϵ​[∑i∈S​q~​i​]. A route serving SSS satisfies the chance constraint for every P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P exactly when this number is at most QQQ.

Two componentwise bounds appear in the answer:

qℓ=max⁡{−1−ϵϵ(q‾−μ), q‾−μ},qu=min⁡{1−ϵϵ(μ−q‾), q‾−μ}.\boldsymbol q^\ell=\max\Big\{-\tfrac{1-\epsilon}{\epsilon}(\overline{\boldsymbol q}-\boldsymbol\mu),\ \underline{\boldsymbol q}-\boldsymbol\mu\Big\},\qquad\boldsymbol q^u=\min\Big\{\tfrac{1-\epsilon}{\epsilon}(\boldsymbol\mu-\underline{\boldsymbol q}),\ \overline{\boldsymbol q}-\boldsymbol\mu\Big\}.qℓ=max{−ϵ1−ϵ​(q​−μ), q​−μ},qu=min{ϵ1−ϵ​(μ−q​), q​−μ}.

A route set is an ordered partition of the customers into mmm nonempty ordered routes. It is feasible in the distributionally robust problem RVRP(P\mathcal PP) if every route satisfies the chance constraint for every P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P, and feasible in a deterministic instance with capacity Q′Q'Q′ and demands q\boldsymbol qq if every route's total demand is at most Q′Q'Q′.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7

For every customer set SSS,

sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]=max⁡{1S⊤μ+1S⊤q: q⊤Σ−1q≤1−ϵϵ, q∈[qℓ,qu]}.(17)\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Big[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Big]=\max\Big\{\mathbf 1_S^\top\boldsymbol\mu+\mathbf 1_S^\top\boldsymbol q:\ \boldsymbol q^\top\Sigma^{-1}\boldsymbol q\le\tfrac{1-\epsilon}{\epsilon},\ \boldsymbol q\in[\boldsymbol q^\ell,\boldsymbol q^u]\Big\}.\tag{17}P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​]=max{1S⊤​μ+1S⊤​q: q⊤Σ−1q≤ϵ1−ϵ​, q∈[qℓ,qu]}.(17)

The right-hand side maximizes an affine function over the intersection of an ellipsoid and a box.

Milestone: Corollary 4 (corrected)

For a diagonal bound Σ=diag⁡(σ12,…,σn2)\Sigma=\operatorname{diag}(\sigma_1^2,\dots,\sigma_n^2)Σ=diag(σ12​,…,σn2​), program (17) collapses to a search over one parameter θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0 with S(θ)={i∈S:σi2>θqiu}S(\theta)=\{i\in S:\sigma_i^2>\theta q^u_i\}S(θ)={i∈S:σi2​>θqiu​}:

sup⁡θ 1S⊤μ+∑i∈S(θ)qiu+[1−ϵϵ−∑i∈S(θ)(qiuσi)2][∑i∈S∖S(θ)σi2],(18)\sup_{\theta}\ \mathbf 1_S^\top\boldsymbol\mu+\sum_{i\in S(\theta)}q^u_i+\sqrt{\Big[\tfrac{1-\epsilon}{\epsilon}-\sum_{i\in S(\theta)}\big(\tfrac{q^u_i}{\sigma_i}\big)^2\Big]\Big[\sum_{i\in S\setminus S(\theta)}\sigma_i^2\Big]},\tag{18}θsup​ 1S⊤​μ+i∈S(θ)∑​qiu​+[ϵ1−ϵ​−i∈S(θ)∑​(σi​qiu​​)2][i∈S∖S(θ)∑​σi2​]​,(18)

over the θ\thetaθ for which the first bracket is nonnegative and the point of (17) that θ\thetaθ induces respects qu\boldsymbol q^uqu (see Formalization scope).

Milestone: Theorem 6

For some instance with the ambiguity set (16), no deterministic CVRP instance on the same customers and fleet has the same set of feasible route sets.

Significance

Theorem 7 makes the worst-case value-at-risk over (16) computable in polynomial time as a convex quadratically constrained program. With it, the rounded capacity inequalities of the two-index vehicle flow formulation can be separated for covariance information. Theorem 2 of the same paper shows that the resulting demand estimator is subadditive, so this formulation is exact. Corollary 4 gives a closed form for the diagonal case, which the paper uses to evaluate the estimator in time linear in ∣S∣|S|∣S∣ after sorting. Theorem 6 explains why the paper needs this machinery: the robust feasible region cannot be reproduced by any deterministic demand vector and capacity.

The results are proved in the paper's online supplement. No part of them is formalized anywhere to our knowledge; the platform has no worst-case value-at-risk and no moment-based ambiguity set. A complete development would give machine-checked worst-case VaR bounds over moment sets with second-order information. These are used well beyond routing, in distributionally robust portfolio and inventory models.

Difficulty

The supremum ranges over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions, while (17) ranges over vectors. The inequality "≥\ge≥" requires, for every feasible q\boldsymbol qq of (17), a sequence of distributions in (16) whose value-at-risk approaches 1S⊤(μ+q)\mathbf 1_S^\top(\boldsymbol\mu+\boldsymbol q)1S⊤​(μ+q). The value-at-risk is a lower quantile, so a distribution placing mass exactly ϵ\epsilonϵ on a high point does not attain the value: the construction has to be a limit. The inequality "≤\le≤" is harder. It must rule out every distribution, not only two-point ones, and a bound through the one-dimensional Chebyshev–Cantelli inequality for ∑i∈Sq~i\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i∑i∈S​q~​i​ alone ignores the box: it yields 1−ϵϵ1S⊤Σ1S\sqrt{\frac{1-\epsilon}{\epsilon}\mathbf 1_S^\top\Sigma\mathbf 1_S}ϵ1−ϵ​1S⊤​Σ1S​​, which is too large whenever the support bounds bind. The interaction between the Loewner constraint and the componentwise support bounds, which produces the unusual bound qℓ\boldsymbol q^\ellqℓ, is where the work lies. For Theorem 6 the difficulty is to exhibit the instance and to evaluate enough chance constraints exactly.

Formalization scope

Customers are Fin n (0-based) and demand vectors are Fin n → ℝ. Distributions are measures on Fin n → ℝ. The set (16) is covarianceSet qlo qhi μ Sig: a probability measure with P (Set.Icc qlo qhi) = 1, coordinate means μ, and Sig - M positive semidefinite, where M is the matrix of integrals ∫(qi−μi)(qj−μj) dP\int(q_i-\mu_i)(q_j-\mu_j)\,d\mathbb P∫(qi​−μi​)(qj​−μj​)dP. The covariance bound is called Sig because Σ is Lean syntax. The side conditions q‾≥0\underline{\boldsymbol q}\ge\mathbf 0q​≥0, μ∈int⁡Q\boldsymbol\mu\in\operatorname{int}\mathcal Qμ∈intQ, Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 (Sig.PosDef) and 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1 are hypotheses of every theorem. The value-at-risk is the published MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk P Y (1 - ε). The worst-case value-at-risk is a real sSup over the image of the set. That image is nonempty (the Dirac measure at μ\boldsymbol\muμ lies in (16)) and bounded (the box), so the supremum is genuine. "The optimal objective value" of a maximization is stated as a supremum; attainment is not part of any claim. Σ−1\Sigma^{-1}Σ−1 is Mathlib's matrix inverse.

The paper states Theorem 7 and Corollary 4 with "P\mathbb PP-VaR" without a level; the level 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ, used in the sentence introducing Theorem 7 and everywhere else, is read in. Corollary 4 as printed is false. It maximizes over every θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0 with a nonnegative bracket. For n=1n=1n=1, every large θ\thetaθ then gives the value μ1+σ1(1−ϵ)/ϵ\mu_1+\sigma_1\sqrt{(1-\epsilon)/\epsilon}μ1​+σ1​(1−ϵ)/ϵ​, which can exceed q‾1\overline q_1q​1​ and hence every value-at-risk. The formal statement adds the condition that makes each θ\thetaθ a feasible point of (17): σi2s(θ)≤qiu∑k∈S∖S(θ)σk2\sigma_i^2\sqrt{s(\theta)}\le q^u_i\sqrt{\sum_{k\in S\setminus S(\theta)}\sigma_k^2}σi2​s(θ)​≤qiu​∑k∈S∖S(θ)​σk2​​ for i∈S∖S(θ)i\in S\setminus S(\theta)i∈S∖S(θ), where s(θ)s(\theta)s(θ) is the first bracket. With this condition the statement is the diagonal case of Theorem 7.

A theorem about the Lean set is trivial if the set is empty or the supremum is a junk value. Neither happens here, and replacing the Loewner constraint by a scalar variance bound on ∑i∈Sq~i\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i∑i∈S​q~​i​ would state a different theorem. The dual second-order cone program printed after Theorem 7 is not a target: as printed it has the all-ones vector where Lagrangian duality gives 1S\mathbf 1_S1S​, and it has no multiplier for q≥qℓ\boldsymbol q\ge\boldsymbol q^\ellq≥qℓ.

Needed infrastructure: quantiles of pushforward measures, the Loewner order on moment matrices, and finite-support (two-point) distributions. The value-at-risk lemmas and the moment-matrix lemmas are reusable beyond this mission, and contributions of either kind are welcome. Theorem 6 needs only the route-set layer defined here and one explicit instance.

Selected references

  • S. Ghosal and W. Wiesemann, The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 68(3):716–732, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1924
  • E. Delage and Y. Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511804441
  • G. Laporte, Y. Nobert and M. Desrochers, Optimal Routing under Capacity and Distance Restrictions, Operations Research 33(5):1050–1073, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.33.5.1050
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem IV: Worst-Case Value-at-Risk over First-Order Generic Moment Ambiguity Sets as a Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

In the capacitated vehicle routing problem (CVRP) a depot serves customers VC={1,…,n}V_C=\{1,\dots,n\}VC​={1,…,n} with mmm vehicles of capacity QQQ, and every route must respect the capacity. When customer demands are uncertain, the distributionally robust chance-constrained CVRP of Ghosal and Wiesemann (Oper. Res. 68(3), 2020) requires every route to meet its capacity with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ under every distribution in an ambiguity set P\mathcal PP, a family of distributions consistent with what is known about the demands. Such constraints are handled in a branch-and-cut scheme through rounded capacity inequalities, whose right-hand sides require one quantity for each customer subset SSS: the worst-case value-at-risk of the cumulative demand of SSS.

For ambiguity sets that describe each customer separately (marginal moment sets), this quantity is additive over customers and the problem reduces to a deterministic CVRP. Such sets cannot express that the demands of customers in the same municipality, county or state vary jointly within limits. The first-order generic moment ambiguity set does express this: it bounds the mean absolute deviation of the cumulative demand of prescribed customer groups. The mean absolute deviation is a standard robust dispersion measure, less sensitive to outliers than the standard deviation (see Casella and Berger, Statistical Inference, 2002). This mission formalizes the paper's description of the worst-case value-at-risk over such sets.

Setting

Demands form a random vector q~\tilde{\boldsymbol q}q~​ on Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The data are a support box Q=[q‾,q‾]\mathcal Q=[\underline{\boldsymbol q},\overline{\boldsymbol q}]Q=[q​,q​] with q‾≥0\underline{\boldsymbol q}\ge\mathbf 0q​≥0, a mean vector μ\boldsymbol\muμ in the interior of Q\mathcal QQ, customer subsets S1,…,Sp⊆VCS_1,\dots,S_p\subseteq V_CS1​,…,Sp​⊆VC​ and bounds ν>0\boldsymbol\nu>\mathbf 0ν>0. For A⊆VCA\subseteq V_CA⊆VC​, 1A∈{0,1}n\mathbf 1_A\in\{0,1\}^n1A​∈{0,1}n is its indicator vector. The first-order generic moment ambiguity set, Eq. (12) of the paper, is

P={P∈P0(Rn): P[q~∈Q]=1, EP[q~]=μ, EP[1Si⊤∣q~−μ∣]≤νi  ∀i=1,…,p},\mathcal P=\Bigl\{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P_0(\mathbb R^n):\ \mathbb P[\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\in\mathcal Q]=1,\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\tilde{\boldsymbol q}]=\boldsymbol\mu,\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\bigl[\mathbf 1_{S_i}^\top|\tilde{\boldsymbol q}-\boldsymbol\mu|\bigr]\le\nu_i\ \ \forall i=1,\dots,p\Bigr\},P={P∈P0​(Rn): P[q~​∈Q]=1, EP​[q~​]=μ, EP​[1Si​⊤​∣q~​−μ∣]≤νi​  ∀i=1,…,p},

where P0(Rn)\mathcal P_0(\mathbb R^n)P0​(Rn) is the set of probability distributions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ acts componentwise. The subsets are arbitrary: they may overlap and need not cover VCV_CVC​.

For a risk level ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) and a random variable X~\tilde XX~, the value-at-risk is P-VaR1−ϵ[X~]=inf⁡{x∈R:P[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde X]=\inf\{x\in\mathbb R:\mathbb P[\tilde X\le x]\ge1-\epsilon\}P-VaR1−ϵ​[X~]=inf{x∈R:P[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}. For a customer subset SSS the quantity of interest is

sup⁡P∈P P-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i].\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\ \mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Bigl[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Bigr].P∈Psup​ P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​].

Write q^=min⁡{q‾−μ, 1−ϵϵ(μ−q‾)}\hat{\boldsymbol q}=\min\{\overline{\boldsymbol q}-\boldsymbol\mu,\ \frac{1-\epsilon}{\epsilon}(\boldsymbol\mu-\underline{\boldsymbol q})\}q^​=min{q​−μ, ϵ1−ϵ​(μ−q​)} (componentwise) and [⋅]+[\cdot]_+[⋅]+​ for the componentwise positive part. A route set R=(R1,…,Rm)\mathbf R=(\mathbf R_1,\dots,\mathbf R_m)R=(R1​,…,Rm​) partitions VCV_CVC​ into mmm nonempty ordered routes. It is feasible in the deterministic CVRP with demands q\boldsymbol qq if ∑i∈Rkqi≤Q\sum_{i\in\mathbf R_k}q_i\le Q∑i∈Rk​​qi​≤Q for all kkk, and feasible in the distributionally robust CVRP if P[∑i∈Rkq~i≤Q]≥1−ϵ\mathbb P[\sum_{i\in\mathbf R_k}\tilde q_i\le Q]\ge1-\epsilonP[∑i∈Rk​​q~​i​≤Q]≥1−ϵ for all P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P and all kkk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 726)

For every customer subset SSS,

sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]=inf⁡γ∈R+p 1S⊤μ+q^⊤[1S−2∑i=1pγi1Si]++1ϵν⊤γ.\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Bigl[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Bigr]=\inf_{\boldsymbol\gamma\in\mathbb R^p_+}\ \mathbf 1_S^\top\boldsymbol\mu+\hat{\boldsymbol q}^\top\Bigl[\mathbf 1_S-2\sum_{i=1}^p\gamma_i\mathbf 1_{S_i}\Bigr]_+ +\frac1\epsilon\boldsymbol\nu^\top\boldsymbol\gamma .P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​]=γ∈R+p​inf​ 1S⊤​μ+q^​⊤[1S​−2i=1∑p​γi​1Si​​]+​+ϵ1​ν⊤γ.

The right-hand side is the optimal value of the paper's problem (13). The statement holds for every family of subsets and all data satisfying the standing assumptions, so it is the general form of which the milestones are special cases.

Corollary 2 (p. 726, Eq. (14))

If S1,…,Sp−1S_1,\dots,S_{p-1}S1​,…,Sp−1​ are pairwise disjoint and cover VCV_CVC​ and Sp=VCS_p=V_CSp​=VC​, then

sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]=1S⊤μ+min⁡{νp2ϵ, ∑i=1p−1min⁡{1S∩Si⊤q^, νi2ϵ}}.\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Bigl[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Bigr]=\mathbf 1_S^\top\boldsymbol\mu+\min\Bigl\{\frac{\nu_p}{2\epsilon},\ \sum_{i=1}^{p-1}\min\Bigl\{\mathbf 1_{S\cap S_i}^\top\hat{\boldsymbol q},\ \frac{\nu_i}{2\epsilon}\Bigr\}\Bigr\}.P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​]=1S⊤​μ+min{2ϵνp​​, i=1∑p−1​min{1S∩Si​⊤​q^​, 2ϵνi​​}}.

Corollary 3 (pp. 726–727, Eq. (15))

If p=n+1p=n+1p=n+1, Si={i}S_i=\{i\}Si​={i} for i≤ni\le ni≤n and Sn+1=VCS_{n+1}=V_CSn+1​=VC​, then

sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]=1S⊤μ+min⁡{νn+12ϵ, ∑i∈Smin⁡{q^i, νi2ϵ}}.\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Bigl[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Bigr]=\mathbf 1_S^\top\boldsymbol\mu+\min\Bigl\{\frac{\nu_{n+1}}{2\epsilon},\ \sum_{i\in S}\min\Bigl\{\hat q_i,\ \frac{\nu_i}{2\epsilon}\Bigr\}\Bigr\}.P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​]=1S⊤​μ+min{2ϵνn+1​​, i∈S∑​min{q^​i​, 2ϵνi​​}}.

Theorem 4 (p. 726)

For some instance with an ambiguity set of the form (12), no deterministic CVRP instance on the same customers and vehicles (capacity Q′≥0Q'\ge0Q′≥0, demands q′≥0\boldsymbol q'\ge\mathbf 0q′≥0) has the same set of feasible route sets.

Significance

Theorem 5 makes the worst-case value-at-risk over (12) computable in polynomial time as the value of a nonsmooth convex problem over the nonnegative orthant, which the paper notes can be written as a linear program. This gives the right-hand sides of the rounded capacity inequalities in a branch-and-cut scheme for the distributionally robust CVRP. Corollaries 2 and 3 give closed forms for two structured families of groups, evaluable in time linear in ∣S∣|S|∣S∣. Theorem 4 shows the gain in modelling power has a cost: unlike the marginal case, the problem cannot in general be replaced by a deterministic CVRP with altered demands. With a single customer and S1={1}S_1=\{1\}S1​={1}, Theorem 5 reduces to the closed form μ+min⁡{q^,ν/(2ϵ)}\mu+\min\{\hat q,\nu/(2\epsilon)\}μ+min{q^​,ν/(2ϵ)} for marginalized first-order sets, so it extends that single-customer formula to joint dispersion constraints.

All four results are proved in the paper's online supplement. As far as a platform search shows, none has been machine-checked. The mission produces checked proofs of the equality in Theorem 5, the two closed forms, and an explicit instance for Theorem 4.

Difficulty

The supremum ranges over an infinite-dimensional set of joint distributions, and the value-at-risk is neither convex nor concave in the distribution. Bounding the value-at-risk of each group separately and adding the bounds does not work when groups overlap, and it ignores the total-dispersion constraint. It gives only an upper bound, and in the setting of Corollary 2 that bound is strict whenever the total bound νp/(2ϵ)\nu_p/(2\epsilon)νp​/(2ϵ) is the binding term. Showing that the infimum in (13) is attained in the limit needs distributions that saturate several overlapping dispersion constraints at once while keeping the mean fixed and the support inside the box. For Theorem 4, the witness must separate the feasible-route-set family of the robust instance from every family defined by a single linear capacity inequality with nonnegative weights.

Formalization scope

Customers are Fin n (0-based), subsets are Sfam : Fin p → Finset (Fin n), and a distribution is a Measure (Fin n → ℝ) that is required to be a probability measure. Support is P (Set.Icc qlo qhi) = 1, the mean condition is ∫ q, q j ∂P = μ j, and the dispersion condition is ∫ q, ∑ j ∈ Sfam l, |q j - μ j| ∂P ≤ ν l. The integrability clauses stated alongside are automatic for measures carried by the box. The value-at-risk is the published MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk P Y (1 - ε). The worst-case value-at-risk is the real sSup of its image over the set; under the standing assumptions this image is nonempty (the Dirac at μ\boldsymbol\muμ lies in the set) and bounded (bounded support), so the real supremum is the paper's. The optimal value of (13) is the real sInf of the objective over {γ≥0}\{\boldsymbol\gamma\ge\mathbf 0\}{γ≥0}, a nonempty set on which the objective is bounded below by 1S⊤μ\mathbf 1_S^\top\boldsymbol\mu1S⊤​μ. Attainment is not claimed. All statements carry the standing assumptions q‾≥0\underline{\boldsymbol q}\ge\mathbf 0q​≥0, q‾<μ<q‾\underline{\boldsymbol q}<\boldsymbol\mu<\overline{\boldsymbol q}q​<μ<q​, ν>0\boldsymbol\nu>\mathbf 0ν>0 and 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1. Corollary 2 writes p=r+1p=r+1p=r+1 with the last subset Sfam (Fin.last r). Corollary 3 indexes the singleton of customer iii by Fin.castSucc i. In Theorem 4 route sets are Fin m → List (Fin n) and only feasibility is modelled; costs play no role.

The theorems are not trivialized by an empty ambiguity set or a junk supremum: membership of the Dirac distribution at μ\boldsymbol\muμ is checked locally with a sorry-free proof. Theorem 4 needs a genuinely separating instance: an instance in which no route set is robustly feasible, for example, is matched by a deterministic instance in which none is feasible either.

Needed infrastructure: two-point and finitely supported distributions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and their value-at-risk; weak duality for moment problems over the box; the positive-part calculus of (13). The value-at-risk lemmas for finitely supported measures are reusable in the sibling missions on this paper. Contributions of any of the milestones, of lemmas for these building blocks, or of either inequality of Theorem 5 on its own are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Ghosal and W. Wiesemann, The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 68(3):716–732, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1924
  • G. Casella and R. L. Berger, Statistical Inference, 2nd ed., Duxbury, 2002.
  • S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511804441
  • G. Laporte, Y. Nobert and M. Desrochers, Optimal routing under capacity and distance restrictions, Operations Research 33(5):1050–1073, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.33.5.1050
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem III: Worst-Case Value-at-Risk Is Additive over Marginalized Moment Ambiguity SetsResearch Paper

Motivation

The capacitated vehicle routing problem (CVRP) assigns customers to a fleet of mmm identical vehicles of capacity QQQ and orders each vehicle's visits so as to minimize transportation cost, subject to each vehicle's total load not exceeding QQQ. In practice the customers' demands are not known when the routes are planned. Two classical responses are the robust CVRP, which requires feasibility for every demand vector in an uncertainty set, and the chance-constrained CVRP, which requires each capacity constraint to hold with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ under a known demand distribution. The first ignores all distributional information; the second assumes a distribution that is rarely known and usually requires independent demands.

Ghosal and Wiesemann (Oper. Res. 68(3), 2020) study the distributionally robust chance-constrained CVRP, RVRP(P\mathcal PP), in which each capacity constraint must hold with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ under every distribution of an ambiguity set P\mathcal PP. Whether this problem can be solved with existing CVRP technology depends on how the worst-case value-at-risk of a customer set's total demand behaves as a set function. This mission formalizes §4 of the paper, which treats ambiguity sets that only constrain each customer's demand separately.

Setting

There are nnn customers VC={1,…,n}V_C=\{1,\dots,n\}VC​={1,…,n} with random demand vector q~∈Rn\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\in\mathbb R^nq~​∈Rn and a risk level ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1). For a probability distribution P\mathbb PP and a real random variable X~\tilde XX~, the value-at-risk is

P-VaR1−ϵ[X~]=inf⁡{x∈R: P[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}.\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde X]=\inf\{x\in\mathbb R:\ \mathbb P[\tilde X\le x]\ge1-\epsilon\}.P-VaR1−ϵ​[X~]=inf{x∈R: P[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}.

For an ambiguity set P\mathcal PP and a customer subset SSS, the worst-case value-at-risk of SSS is sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i]supP∈P​P-VaR1−ϵ​[∑i∈S​q~​i​].

Fix a support box Q=[q‾,q‾]\mathcal Q=[\underline{\boldsymbol q},\overline{\boldsymbol q}]Q=[q​,q​] with q‾≥0\underline{\boldsymbol q}\ge\mathbf 0q​≥0, a mean vector μ\boldsymbol\muμ in the interior of Q\mathcal QQ, and for each customer iii a componentwise convex dispersion measure φi:R→Rpi\boldsymbol\varphi_i:\mathbb R\to\mathbb R^{p_i}φi​:R→Rpi​ with bound σi>φi(μi)\boldsymbol\sigma_i>\boldsymbol\varphi_i(\mu_i)σi​>φi​(μi​). The marginalized moment ambiguity set (5) is

P={P∈P0(Rn): P(q~∈Q)=1, EP[q~]=μ, EP[φi(q~i)]≤σi ∀i∈VC}.\mathcal P=\Big\{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P_0(\mathbb R^n):\ \mathbb P(\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\in\mathcal Q)=1,\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\tilde{\boldsymbol q}]=\boldsymbol\mu,\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\boldsymbol\varphi_i(\tilde q_i)]\le\boldsymbol\sigma_i\ \forall i\in V_C\Big\}.P={P∈P0​(Rn): P(q~​∈Q)=1, EP​[q~​]=μ, EP​[φi​(q~​i​)]≤σi​ ∀i∈VC​}.

It constrains marginal moments only, and so contains joint distributions of every dependence structure, from independent to perfectly correlated demands. Three special cases have their own closed forms: the first-order set (6), where σi>0\sigma_i>0σi​>0 bounds the mean absolute deviation E∣q~i−μi∣\mathbb E|\tilde q_i-\mu_i|E∣q~​i​−μi​∣; the variance set (8), where σi>0\sigma_i>0σi​>0 bounds E(q~i−μi)2\mathbb E(\tilde q_i-\mu_i)^2E(q~​i​−μi​)2; and the semivariance set (10), where σi+,σi−>0\sigma_i^+,\sigma_i^->0σi+​,σi−​>0 bound E[q~i−μi]+2\mathbb E[\tilde q_i-\mu_i]_+^2E[q~​i​−μi​]+2​ and E[μi−q~i]+2\mathbb E[\mu_i-\tilde q_i]_+^2E[μi​−q~​i​]+2​.

A route set R=(R1,…,Rm)∈P(VC,m)\mathbf R=(R_1,\dots,R_m)\in\mathfrak P(V_C,m)R=(R1​,…,Rm​)∈P(VC​,m) partitions the customers into mmm nonempty ordered routes. It is feasible in RVRP(P\mathcal PP) if P[∑i∈Rkq~i≤Q]≥1−ϵ\mathbb P[\sum_{i\in R_k}\tilde q_i\le Q]\ge1-\epsilonP[∑i∈Rk​​q~​i​≤Q]≥1−ϵ for all P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P and all kkk, and feasible in the deterministic CVRP with demands q\boldsymbol qq if ∑i∈Rkqi≤Q\sum_{i\in R_k}q_i\le Q∑i∈Rk​​qi​≤Q for all kkk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 723)

For every marginalized moment ambiguity set (5) and every nonempty S⊆VCS\subseteq V_CS⊆VC​,

sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]=∑i∈Ssup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[q~i].\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Big[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Big]=\sum_{i\in S}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde q_i].P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​]=i∈S∑​P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[q~​i​].

The dispersion measures are left arbitrary (convex, componentwise, any number of components), so the goal covers every set of the form (5).

Milestones

  • Proposition 2 (p. 724, Eq. (7)), first-order sets: sup⁡PP-VaR1−ϵ[q~i]=μi+min⁡{q‾i−μi,1−ϵϵ(μi−q‾i),12ϵσi}\sup_{\mathbb P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde q_i]=\mu_i+\min\{\overline q_i-\mu_i,\frac{1-\epsilon}{\epsilon}(\mu_i-\underline q_i),\frac1{2\epsilon}\sigma_i\}supP​P-VaR1−ϵ​[q~​i​]=μi​+min{q​i​−μi​,ϵ1−ϵ​(μi​−q​i​),2ϵ1​σi​}.
  • Proposition 3 (p. 725, Eq. (9)), variance sets: the same with last term 1−ϵϵσi\sqrt{\frac{1-\epsilon}{\epsilon}\sigma_i}ϵ1−ϵ​σi​​.
  • Proposition 4 (p. 725, Eq. (11)), semivariance sets: the four-term minimum with σi+/ϵ\sqrt{\sigma_i^+/\epsilon}σi+​/ϵ​ and (1−ϵ)σi−/ϵ\sqrt{(1-\epsilon)\sigma_i^-}/\epsilon(1−ϵ)σi−​​/ϵ.
  • Corollary 1 (p. 723): a route set is feasible in RVRP(P\mathcal PP) over (5) if and only if it is feasible in the deterministic CVRP with demands qi=sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[q~i]q_i=\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde q_i]qi​=supP∈P​P-VaR1−ϵ​[q~​i​].

Significance

Theorem 3 says that over (5) the worst case of a sum is the sum of the worst cases. Because the value-at-risk is not additive for a fixed distribution, and the online supplement exhibits distributions in such a set for which the individual values-at-risk are not additive, the statement is about the ambiguity set, not about any of its members. Its consequence, Corollary 1, is that RVRP(P\mathcal PP) over (5) is a deterministic CVRP with inflated demands, so existing branch-and-cut and branch-and-cut-and-price codes solve it unchanged. Propositions 2–4 make those inflated demands explicit for three standard dispersion measures, so that the whole reduction is in closed form. The corollary also exposes a limitation: under (5) the worst-case distribution does not depend on the route set, and the model cannot represent known dependencies between customers.

The results are proved in the paper's online supplement; none has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a checked worst-case value-at-risk calculus over moment sets with support constraints, including sharp one-sided Chebyshev-type bounds under mean-absolute-deviation, variance and semivariance constraints, which are reusable in distributionally robust optimization beyond vehicle routing.

Difficulty

The value-at-risk is neither subadditive nor superadditive in general, so neither inequality of Theorem 3 follows from properties of a single distribution. The inequality "≥\ge≥" requires combining near-worst-case distributions of the individual customers into one joint distribution in P\mathcal PP that is simultaneously near-worst for the sum; the inequality "≤\le≤" requires bounding the value-at-risk of the sum for an arbitrary joint law using only marginal information. In Propositions 2–4 the supremum is typically not attained: the distribution concentrating mass at the claimed worst-case value violates the mean constraint, and the value is reached only as a limit of distributions in P\mathcal PP. An argument that exhibits a single maximizer therefore fails, and the statements must be proved as equalities of suprema.

Formalization scope

Customers are Fin n (0-based) and demand vectors are Fin n → ℝ. An ambiguity set is a set of measures on Fin n → ℝ, each required to be a probability measure; the support condition is P (Set.Icc qlo qhi) = 1 and expectations are Bochner integrals. The sets are sets of joint laws on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, never products of marginals. In (5) each expectation EP[φi,l(q~i)]\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\varphi_{i,l}(\tilde q_i)]EP​[φi,l​(q~​i​)] is required to exist; this is automatic for convex φi,l\varphi_{i,l}φi,l​ on the bounded support. The value-at-risk is the published definition MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk P Y (1 - ε), and the worst-case value-at-risk is the real supremum of its values over the ambiguity set; under the standing assumptions that set of values is nonempty (the Dirac law at μ\boldsymbol\muμ belongs to P\mathcal PP) and bounded (by the support), so the supremum is not a default value. The single-customer quantity is the case S={i}S=\{i\}S={i}. The standing assumptions (q‾≥0\underline{\boldsymbol q}\ge\mathbf 0q​≥0, q‾<μ<q‾\underline{\boldsymbol q}<\boldsymbol\mu<\overline{\boldsymbol q}q​<μ<q​, convexity of φi,l\varphi_{i,l}φi,l​, φi,l(μi)<σi,l\varphi_{i,l}(\mu_i)<\sigma_{i,l}φi,l​(μi​)<σi,l​, σ,σ±>0\boldsymbol\sigma,\boldsymbol\sigma^\pm>\mathbf 0σ,σ±>0, 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1) are explicit hypotheses. Routes are lists of customers; a route set has nonempty routes whose concatenation is a permutation of all customers. Costs are not formalized, since both routing problems minimize the same cost over their feasible route sets.

All targets are equalities or equivalences; a one-sided inequality, a statement asserting that some distribution attains the value, or a formulation over product measures is a different theorem and does not count.

Contributions welcome: the reduction of the chance constraint to a value-at-risk bound, the right-continuity lemmas for the value-at-risk of a measure on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, two-point constructions in the ambiguity sets, and one-sided Chebyshev-type bounds with support constraints.

Selected references

  • S. Ghosal and W. Wiesemann, The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 68(3):716–732, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1924
  • G. Laporte, Y. Nobert and M. Desrochers, Optimal routing under capacity and distance restrictions, Operations Research 33(5):1050–1073, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.33.5.1050
  • G. Casella and R. L. Berger, Statistical Inference, 2nd ed., Duxbury, 2002.
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem II: Moment Ambiguity Sets Give Subadditive Demand EstimatorsResearch Paper

Motivation

The capacitated vehicle routing problem (CVRP) asks for a set of minimum-cost routes by which a fleet of identical vehicles of capacity QQQ, based at a depot, serves every customer exactly once without any vehicle carrying more than its capacity. In practice customer demands are not known when routes are planned. Ghosal and Wiesemann (Oper. Res. 68(3), 2020) study the distributionally robust CVRP: the demand vector q~\tilde{\boldsymbol q}q~​ is random, its distribution is known only to lie in an ambiguity set P\mathcal PP, and every route must respect its capacity with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ under every distribution in P\mathcal PP.

Exact CVRP solvers rely on compact two-index vehicle flow formulations strengthened by rounded capacity inequalities, which bound from below the number of vehicles entering any customer subset SSS by a demand estimator d(S)d(S)d(S). The paper shows (its Theorem 1) that the robust two-index formulation is exact whenever the demand estimator is subadditive and demands are nonnegative, and that this fails for some natural ambiguity sets: sets that fix the marginal distribution of each customer's demand violate it (Example 1). This mission formalizes the paper's positive result for the most widely used class of ambiguity sets, the moment ambiguity sets of distributionally robust optimization (see El Ghaoui et al. 2003, Delage and Ye 2010, Wiesemann et al. 2014).

Setting

There are nnn customers, indexed i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n; the demand vector is q~∈Rn\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\in\mathbb R^nq~​∈Rn. Fix

  • a rectangular support Q=[q‾,q‾]\mathcal Q=[\underline{\boldsymbol q},\overline{\boldsymbol q}]Q=[q​,q​] with q‾≥0\underline{\boldsymbol q}\ge\mathbf 0q​≥0;
  • a mean vector μ∈Rn\boldsymbol\mu\in\mathbb R^nμ∈Rn;
  • a dispersion measure φ=(φ1,…,φp):Rn→Rp\boldsymbol\varphi=(\varphi_1,\dots,\varphi_p):\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^pφ=(φ1​,…,φp​):Rn→Rp (for example mean absolute deviations ∣qi−μi∣|q_i-\mu_i|∣qi​−μi​∣, variances (qi−μi)2(q_i-\mu_i)^2(qi​−μi​)2 or Huber losses) and bounds σ∈Rp\boldsymbol\sigma\in\mathbb R^pσ∈Rp.

The moment ambiguity set is

P={P∈P0(Rn): P(q~∈Q)=1,  EP[q~]=μ,  EP[φ(q~)]≤σ},\mathcal P=\Big\{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P_0(\mathbb R^n):\ \mathbb P(\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\in\mathcal Q)=1,\ \ \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\tilde{\boldsymbol q}]=\boldsymbol\mu,\ \ \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\boldsymbol\varphi(\tilde{\boldsymbol q})]\le\boldsymbol\sigma\Big\},P={P∈P0​(Rn): P(q~​∈Q)=1,  EP​[q~​]=μ,  EP​[φ(q~​)]≤σ},

where P0(Rn)\mathcal P_0(\mathbb R^n)P0​(Rn) denotes all probability distributions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The paper's standing assumptions are μ∈int⁡Q\boldsymbol\mu\in\operatorname{int}\mathcal Qμ∈intQ, each φl\varphi_lφl​ closed and convex, and φ(μ)<σ\boldsymbol\varphi(\boldsymbol\mu)<\boldsymbol\sigmaφ(μ)<σ.

For a distribution P\mathbb PP the value-at-risk of a random variable is P-VaR1−ϵ[X~]=inf⁡{x∈R:P[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde X]=\inf\{x\in\mathbb R:\mathbb P[\tilde X\le x]\ge1-\epsilon\}P-VaR1−ϵ​[X~]=inf{x∈R:P[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}, with risk level ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1). The worst-case value-at-risk of a customer subset SSS is sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i]supP∈P​P-VaR1−ϵ​[∑i∈S​q~​i​], and the demand estimator (2) is

dP(S)=max⁡{⌈1Qsup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]⌉,1}(S≠∅),dP(∅)=0.d_{\mathcal P}(S)=\max\left\{\left\lceil\frac1Q\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Big[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Big]\right\rceil,1\right\}\quad(S\neq\emptyset),\qquad d_{\mathcal P}(\emptyset)=0 .dP​(S)=max{⌈Q1​P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​]⌉,1}(S=∅),dP​(∅)=0.

The Lean development names these momentAmbiguitySet qlo qhi μ φ σ, worstCaseVaR, demandEstimator and twoPointMeasure in the namespace DRCVRP.Moment.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 723)

For every moment ambiguity set satisfying the standing assumptions, every ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) and every Q>0Q>0Q>0,

dP(S∪T)≤dP(S)+dP(T)for all customer subsets S,T.d_{\mathcal P}(S\cup T)\le d_{\mathcal P}(S)+d_{\mathcal P}(T)\qquad\text{for all customer subsets } S,T .dP​(S∪T)≤dP​(S)+dP​(T)for all customer subsets S,T.

This is condition (S) of the paper, stated for the rounded estimator (2) and for all pairs of subsets, overlapping or empty ones included.

Milestone: Proposition 1 (p. 723)

For every customer subset SSS there are two-point distributions Pt=p1tδq1t+p2tδq2t∈P\mathbb P^t=p_1^t\delta_{\boldsymbol q_1^t}+p_2^t\delta_{\boldsymbol q_2^t}\in\mathcal PPt=p1t​δq1t​​+p2t​δq2t​​∈P with p1t,p2t≥0p_1^t,p_2^t\ge0p1t​,p2t​≥0 and q1t,q2t∈Q\boldsymbol q_1^t,\boldsymbol q_2^t\in\mathcal Qq1t​,q2t​∈Q such that

Pt-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]⟶sup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i](t→∞).\mathbb P^t\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Big[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Big]\longrightarrow\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Big[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Big]\qquad(t\to\infty).Pt-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​]⟶P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​](t→∞).

Significance

Combined with the paper's Theorem 1, Theorem 2 says that for every moment ambiguity set with nonnegative demands the robust CVRP can be solved through the compact two-index formulation with robust rounded capacity inequalities, i.e. by the branch-and-cut machinery of the deterministic CVRP. It also separates moment ambiguity sets from ambiguity sets built from marginal histograms, hypothesis tests, ϕ\phiϕ-divergences or Wasserstein balls, whose estimators can violate subadditivity. Proposition 1 describes the worst case: however many moment constraints the set contains, two demand scenarios suffice to approach the worst-case value-at-risk, strengthening the Richter–Rogosinski theorem for this functional.

Both results are proved in the paper's online supplement. They have not, to the best of current knowledge, been machine checked. This mission produces a checked statement and proof of both, together with a reusable encoding of moment ambiguity sets and of the worst-case value-at-risk over them. The companion missions of the series formalize the equivalence theorem (I) and the explicit worst-case VaR formulas for marginalized (III), first-order (IV) and covariance (V) ambiguity sets.

Difficulty

Value-at-risk is not subadditive for a single distribution, so the obvious route, subadditivity of the worst-case VaR followed by ⌈a+b⌉≤⌈a⌉+⌈b⌉\lceil a+b\rceil\le\lceil a\rceil+\lceil b\rceil⌈a+b⌉≤⌈a⌉+⌈b⌉, needs an argument specific to the moment set; for the marginal-histogram set of Example 1 the worst-case VaR itself fails to be subadditive. The supremum over P\mathcal PP ranges over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions and is in general not attained, so an argument that picks a maximizer does not apply, and the classical finite-support reduction (Richter–Rogosinski) yields a number of support points that grows with the number of moment constraints, not two. The integer rounding and the max⁡{⋅,1}\max\{\cdot,1\}max{⋅,1} must also be handled for all pairs of subsets, including overlapping ones.

Formalization scope

Customers are Fin n (0-based) and customer subsets are Finset (Fin n). Distributions are measures on Fin n → ℝ; membership in the moment set requires a probability measure giving mass one to the closed box Set.Icc qlo qhi, integrable coordinates with ∫ q, q i ∂P = μ i (an equality), and integrable φ l with ∫ q, φ l q ∂P ≤ σ l. The integrability clauses hold automatically under the standing assumptions and do not shrink the set. The dispersion measure is an arbitrary real-valued function whose components are convex (convex real functions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn are continuous, which covers "closed"); p=0p=0p=0 is allowed. The value-at-risk is the published platform definition MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk at level 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ. The worst-case VaR is a real sSup; over a moment set satisfying the standing assumptions the set of VaRs is nonempty (the Dirac measure at μ\boldsymbol\muμ belongs to P\mathcal PP) and bounded by the box, so this is the true supremum. The estimator is integer valued. Every standing assumption is a hypothesis of both theorems.

Neither statement can be satisfied trivially: the goal is about the rounded estimator of the true supremum over a nonempty set, not about subadditivity of an arbitrary set function, and the milestone requires the two-point laws to lie in P\mathcal PP and their VaRs to converge to the supremum, not to be attained. Extended-valued dispersion measures, such as the one expressing the covariance set of §5.2 as an instance of (4), are outside the scope of the real-valued encoding.

A complete development needs basic facts about quantiles of finitely supported measures, the structure of the moment set, and a duality or construction argument for the worst-case VaR. Lemmas about value-at-risk of two-point laws and about moment sets are reusable across the series. Proofs of the milestone, of the goal, and of intermediate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Ghosal, W. Wiesemann, The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 68(3):716–732, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1924
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: A conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4):543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, M. Sim, Distributionally robust convex optimization, Operations Research 62(6):1358–1376, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1314
  • A. Shapiro, D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming: Modeling and Theory, 2nd ed., SIAM, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973433
4 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Combinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Applied Combinatorics X: The Lovász Local Lemma and the Gale–Ryser TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 16 of Keller and Trotter's Applied Combinatorics (2017 Edition, CC BY-SA 4.0) is a survey of seven topics. Two of them are self-contained results with complete proofs on the page, and this mission formalizes both.

The first is the Lovász Local Lemma. It was introduced by Erdős and Lovász in 1975 to show that certain hypergraphs are 3-colourable (Erdős–Lovász 1975), and it has become a standard tool of the probabilistic method. The classical probabilistic argument shows that a random object has a property with probability close to one. The local lemma is different: it shows that a good object exists even when it is exceedingly rare, provided that each "bad" event depends on only a few of the others. It underlies lower bounds for Ramsey numbers such as R(3,n)≥c n2/ln⁡2nR(3,n) \ge c\,n^2/\ln^2 nR(3,n)≥cn2/ln2n, the subject of Section 16.8. It also underlies results on colouring, satisfiability and Latin transversals, and the algorithmic version of Moser–Tardos (2010).

The second is the Gale–Ryser Theorem, proved independently by Gale (1957) and Ryser (1957). It decides when a zero–one matrix with prescribed row and column sums exists. Equivalently, it decides when a pair of sequences is the degree sequence of a bipartite graph. Its condition is a comparison in the dominance order on integer partitions.

Setting

A finite probability space is a finite set Ω\OmegaΩ with a function PPP defined on all subsets, finitely additive, with P(∅)=0P(\emptyset) = 0P(∅)=0 and P(Ω)=1P(\Omega) = 1P(Ω)=1. Let F=(Ai)i∈ι\mathcal F = (A_i)_{i \in \iota}F=(Ai​)i∈ι​ be a finite family of events. For a subfamily G⊆ιG \subseteq \iotaG⊆ι write

∏j∈GAj‾=⋂j∈G(Ω∖Aj),\prod_{j \in G} \overline{A_j} = \bigcap_{j \in G} (\Omega \setminus A_j),j∈G∏​Aj​​=j∈G⋂​(Ω∖Aj​),

the event that every event of GGG fails; for G=∅G = \emptysetG=∅ it is Ω\OmegaΩ. Fix, for each iii, a subfamily N(i)⊆ι∖{i}N(i) \subseteq \iota \setminus \{i\}N(i)⊆ι∖{i}. The event AiA_iAi​ is independent of any event not in N(i)N(i)N(i) if P(Ai∣∏j∈GAj‾)=P(Ai)P(A_i \mid \prod_{j\in G}\overline{A_j}) = P(A_i)P(Ai​∣∏j∈G​Aj​​)=P(Ai​) for every GGG with i∉Gi \notin Gi∈/G and G∩N(i)=∅G \cap N(i) = \emptysetG∩N(i)=∅. In the formalization this condition is IndepOutside μ A N i, written as

P(Ai∩∏j∈GAj‾)=P(Ai) P(∏j∈GAj‾).P\Big(A_i \cap \prod_{j\in G}\overline{A_j}\Big) = P(A_i)\,P\Big(\prod_{j\in G}\overline{A_j}\Big).P(Ai​∩j∈G∏​Aj​​)=P(Ai​)P(j∈G∏​Aj​​).

A partition of a positive integer ttt is a non-increasing string V=(v1,…,vm)V = (v_1, \dots, v_m)V=(v1​,…,vm​) of positive integers with sum ttt; P(t)\mathcal P(t)P(t) is the set of partitions of ttt. It is partially ordered by V≥WV \ge WV≥W iff VVV is no longer than WWW and every partial sum v1+⋯+vjv_1 + \dots + v_jv1​+⋯+vj​ is at least w1+⋯+wjw_1 + \dots + w_jw1​+⋯+wj​ (Dominates). VVV covers WWW when V>WV > WV>W with nothing in between (Covers). The dual partition VdV^dVd has v1v_1v1​ entries, the jjj-th being the number of iii with vi≥jv_i \ge jvi​≥j (dual). A zero–one matrix with row sum string RRR and column sum string CCC is an m×nm \times nm×n matrix with entries in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1} whose row iii sums to rir_iri​ and column jjj to cjc_jcj​ (IsZeroOneMatrixWithSums).

Formalization targets

Goal: the asymmetric local lemma (Lemma 16.14)

If 0<x(i)<10 < x(i) < 10<x(i)<1 and P(Ai)≤x(i)∏j∈N(i)(1−x(j))P(A_i) \le x(i)\prod_{j \in N(i)}(1 - x(j))P(Ai​)≤x(i)∏j∈N(i)​(1−x(j)) for every iii, then for every non-empty G⊆ιG \subseteq \iotaG⊆ι

P(∏i∈GAi‾)≥∏i∈G(1−x(i)),andP(∏i∈ιAi‾)>0.P\Big(\prod_{i \in G}\overline{A_i}\Big) \ge \prod_{i\in G}\big(1 - x(i)\big), \qquad\text{and}\qquad P\Big(\prod_{i\in\iota}\overline{A_i}\Big) > 0 .P(i∈G∏​Ai​​)≥i∈G∏​(1−x(i)),andP(i∈ι∏​Ai​​)>0.

Milestone: the symmetric local lemma (Lemma 16.15)

If 0<p<10 < p < 10<p<1, d≥1d \ge 1d≥1, P(Ai)≤pP(A_i) \le pP(Ai​)≤p, ∣N(i)∣≤d|N(i)| \le d∣N(i)∣≤d and e p (d+1)<1e\,p\,(d+1) < 1ep(d+1)<1, then

P(∏i∈ιAi‾)≥(1−1d+1)∣F∣>0.P\Big(\prod_{i\in\iota}\overline{A_i}\Big) \ge \Big(1 - \frac1{d+1}\Big)^{|\mathcal F|} > 0 .P(i∈ι∏​Ai​​)≥(1−d+11​)∣F∣>0.

Milestones: covers in P(t)\mathcal P(t)P(t) and Gale–Ryser (Proposition 16.11, Theorem 16.12)

If VVV covers WWW in P(t)\mathcal P(t)P(t), then WWW arises from VVV by moving one unit from a part viv_ivi​ to a later part vjv_jvj​ (possibly a new part of size one), and all parts strictly between equal vi−1v_i - 1vi​−1. For partitions R,CR, CR,C of t>0t > 0t>0,

∃ M∈{0,1}m×n with row sums R and column sums C  ⟺  Rd≥C in P(t).\exists\, M \in \{0,1\}^{m\times n} \text{ with row sums } R \text{ and column sums } C \iff R^d \ge C \text{ in } \mathcal P(t).∃M∈{0,1}m×n with row sums R and column sums C⟺Rd≥C in P(t).

The Erdős–Ko–Rado bound of Theorem 16.8 enters as the published reference FamousTheorems.erdos_ko_rado.

Significance

The local lemma is the entry point to the probabilistic method's rare-event side. A formal statement in the book's form — finite spaces and the book's conditional notion of independence — is a reusable interface for formalizing its applications: Ramsey lower bounds, hypergraph colouring and kkk-SAT with bounded occurrences. The symmetric form is the version most applications call. Mathlib has no local lemma. The platform has a conditional-probability bound from an unrelated paper mission (Erdos390.WholePaper.finiteAsymmetricLocalLemma_conditionalBound), which bounds P(Ai∩∏j∈sAj‾)P(A_i \cap \prod_{j\in s}\overline{A_j})P(Ai​∩∏j∈s​Aj​​) with 0≤x<10 \le x < 10≤x<1 and does not state the product lower bound for the joint failure.

Gale–Ryser is the prototype of margin problems for {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-matrices and of degree-sequence characterizations (compare Erdős–Gallai for graphs). Formalizing it produces the dominance order, conjugate partitions and covering relations on sorted lists of positive integers. Mathlib has Nat.Partition but no dominance order or conjugate. None of these results is formalized on the platform. The results themselves are classical and proved; the work is formalizing the proofs.

Difficulty

For the local lemma, the naive induction on ∣G∣|G|∣G∣ fails. Conditioning on the joint failure of a subfamily requires that failure to have positive probability, and that is only known after the inductive bound has been proved for smaller subfamilies. The induction must therefore carry the lower bound and the positivity of every smaller joint failure at once. It must also split each conditioning family into the part inside N(i)N(i)N(i) and the part outside. The independence hypothesis controls only the part outside, and only through intersections of complements, not through arbitrary events.

For Gale–Ryser, necessity is an exchange argument, but sufficiency needs the fine structure of covers in the dominance order (Proposition 16.11): the case analysis of where the moved unit lands, including a new last part, and the fact that a maximal chain from RdR^dRd down to CCC exists. Converting the list-level statements into matrix constructions over Fin m × Fin n is the other main cost.

Formalization scope

  • Probability space. Fintype Ω with DiscreteMeasurableSpace Ω and a measure μ with IsProbabilityMeasure μ; every subset is an event and probabilities are μ.real, as in the book's finite probability spaces.
  • Family and neighbourhoods. The family is A : ι → Set Ω over a Fintype ι, so repeated events are allowed. Neighbourhoods are N : ι → Finset ι with i ∉ N i.
  • Weights. 0 < x i < 1 is strict on both sides, as on the page.
  • Independence. The conditional-probability equation is stated multiplicatively. This agrees with the book whenever the conditioning event has positive probability, and it is automatic otherwise.
  • Excluded trivialization. The independence hypothesis is not full mutual independence of the family, which would make the product formula immediate. It is not pairwise independence either, under which the lemma is false. It is exactly the book's condition on intersections of complements.
  • Explicit constant (Lemma 16.15). The book's displayed conclusion is misprinted: it mentions G\mathcal GG and xxx, which are never introduced. The statement uses the bound the book's proof yields with x(E)=1/(d+1)x(E) = 1/(d+1)x(E)=1/(d+1), namely (1−1/(d+1))∣F∣(1 - 1/(d+1))^{|\mathcal F|}(1−1/(d+1))∣F∣, with ∣F∣|\mathcal F|∣F∣ = Fintype.card ι, together with positivity. Here ppp and ddd are real and eee is Real.exp 1.
  • Partitions. Partitions are List ℕ, non-increasing with positive entries. Entries are 1-based through entry, and partial sums are (V.take j).sum.
  • Dual partition. The page's rule "at least n+1−jn+1-jn+1−j" lists the conjugate in increasing order, and its example is misprinted (it sums to 40, not 42). The definition is the conjugate partition in non-increasing order, the only reading under which Theorem 16.12 holds.
  • Matrices. Matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℕ with entries in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}.

Not included.

  • The on-line colouring and antichain-partitioning results of Section 16.1 (Theorems 16.2, 16.4, 16.5) need a formal model of adaptive Builder/Assigner games.
  • Theorem 16.9 (regular Markov chains) is stated without proof.
  • Theorem 16.13 (van der Waerden) is stated without proof and followed by "Material will be added here".

Welcome contributions. Reusable infrastructure: a finite-space conditional-probability API, and the dominance order as a PartialOrder on sorted partitions linked to Nat.Partition.

Selected references

  • M. T. Keller, W. T. Trotter, Applied Combinatorics, 2017 Edition, Chapter 16, pp. 315–330. https://www.appliedcombinatorics.org/
  • P. Erdős, L. Lovász, Problems and results on 3-chromatic hypergraphs and some related questions, Infinite and Finite Sets, 1975. https://www.renyi.hu/~p_erdos/1975-34.pdf
  • D. Gale, A theorem on flows in networks, Pacific J. Math. 7 (1957). https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1957.7.1073
  • H. J. Ryser, Combinatorial properties of matrices of zeros and ones, Canad. J. Math. 9 (1957). https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1957-044-3
  • R. A. Moser, G. Tardos, A constructive proof of the general Lovász Local Lemma, J. ACM 57 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1145/1667053.1667060
  • P. Erdős, C. Ko, R. Rado, Intersection theorems for systems of finite sets, Quart. J. Math. 12 (1961). https://doi.org/10.1093/qmath/12.1.313
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Applied Combinatorics VI: Ramsey's Theorem and Erdős's Lower BoundTextbook

Motivation

Ramsey theory studies the principle that complete disorder is impossible: every sufficiently large structure contains a large, perfectly uniform substructure. Its most familiar instance concerns graphs. In any graph on six vertices there are three vertices that are pairwise adjacent or three that are pairwise non-adjacent, and the same phenomenon persists at every scale. The quantity that measures it, the Ramsey number R(m,n)R(m, n)R(m,n), is one of the most studied and least understood functions in combinatorics. Only a handful of values are known exactly (R(3,3)=6R(3,3) = 6R(3,3)=6, R(4,4)=18R(4,4) = 18R(4,4)=18), while R(5,5)R(5,5)R(5,5) is only known to lie between 43 and 49 (Radziszowski, Small Ramsey Numbers).

The subject has a short, well-documented history. F. P. Ramsey proved the general theorem in 1930 as a lemma in decidability (Ramsey 1930). Erdős and Szekeres (1935) gave the upper bound R(m,n)≤(m+n−2m−1)R(m, n) \le \binom{m+n-2}{m-1}R(m,n)≤(m−1m+n−2​) (Erdős–Szekeres 1935). In 1947 Erdős proved an exponential lower bound for the diagonal numbers R(n,n)R(n, n)R(n,n) by counting graphs (Erdős 1947); this argument is now regarded as the origin of the probabilistic method. In 1959 Erdős used the same method to show that graphs of large girth and large chromatic number exist (Erdős 1959). For decades the exponential bases 2\sqrt 22​ and 444 stood essentially unchanged; the upper base was lowered below 444 only in 2023 (Campos–Griffiths–Morris–Sahasrabudhe).

This mission formalizes these results as presented in Chapter 11 of Keller and Trotter, Applied Combinatorics (2017 Edition).

Setting

A graph GGG is a finite simple graph: a finite vertex set with a symmetric, irreflexive adjacency relation (no loops, no multiple edges). A complete subgraph on mmm vertices is a set of mmm pairwise adjacent vertices; an independent set of size nnn is a set of nnn pairwise non-adjacent vertices.

A non-negative integer NNN is a Ramsey bound for (m,n)(m, n)(m,n) if every graph with at least NNN vertices contains a complete subgraph on mmm vertices or an independent set of size nnn. The Ramsey number R(m,n)R(m, n)R(m,n) is the least positive Ramsey bound. In Lean these are AppliedComb.Ramsey.IsRamseyBound m n N and AppliedComb.Ramsey.ramseyNumber m n.

More generally, write [n]={1,…,n}[n] = \{1, \dots, n\}[n]={1,…,n} and C(X,s)C(X, s)C(X,s) for the family of sss-element subsets of XXX. For a string h=(h1,…,hr)h = (h_1, \dots, h_r)h=(h1​,…,hr​), the number R(s:h1,…,hr)R(s : h_1, \dots, h_r)R(s:h1​,…,hr​) is the least positive NNN such that for every n≥Nn \ge Nn≥N and every colouring ϕ:C([n],s)→[r]\phi : C([n], s) \to [r]ϕ:C([n],s)→[r] some colour α\alphaα has a set Hα⊆[n]H_\alpha \subseteq [n]Hα​⊆[n] of size hαh_\alphahα​ all of whose sss-subsets receive colour α\alphaα (hypergraphRamseyNumber s r h).

The girth of a graph is the smallest number of vertices on a cycle, and infinite for a forest; the chromatic number χ(G)\chi(G)χ(G) is the least number of colours in a proper vertex colouring.

Formalization targets

Goal: Erdős's lower bound (Theorem 11.4)

For every positive integer nnn,

R(n,n)  ≥  ne2 2n/2.R(n, n) \;\ge\; \frac{n}{e\sqrt 2}\, 2^{n/2}.R(n,n)≥e2​n​2n/2.

Equivalently, below this threshold there is a graph on each number of vertices with neither a complete subgraph on nnn vertices nor an independent set of size nnn. The statement is for every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, with no asymptotic slack.

Milestones

  • Lemma 11.1. Every graph with at least six vertices has a complete subgraph on 3 vertices or an independent set of size 3.
  • Theorem 11.2 (Ramsey's Theorem for Graphs). For positive integers m,nm, nm,n the least positive integer R(m,n)R(m, n)R(m,n) exists.
  • Theorem 11.6. For positive integers r,sr, sr,s and h1,…,hr≥sh_1, \dots, h_r \ge sh1​,…,hr​≥s, the least positive integer R(s:h1,…,hr)R(s : h_1, \dots, h_r)R(s:h1​,…,hr​) exists.
  • Theorem 11.7 (Erdős). For all integers g≥3g \ge 3g≥3 and ttt there is a graph with χ(G)>t\chi(G) > tχ(G)>t and girth greater than ggg.

A further item, not a milestone because the book does not number it, records the bound that the proof of Theorem 11.2 establishes: every graph with at least (m+n−2m−1)\binom{m+n-2}{m-1}(m−1m+n−2​) vertices has a complete subgraph on mmm vertices or an independent set of size nnn.

Significance

The goal is the diagonal lower bound that every later improvement is measured against. With the upper bound from the proof of Theorem 11.2 it shows that R(n,n)R(n,n)R(n,n) grows exponentially, with base between 2\sqrt 22​ and 444. No explicit construction is known to give R(n,n)>cnR(n, n) > c^nR(n,n)>cn for any constant c>1c > 1c>1. Theorem 11.7 is the standard example of a statement whose only known proofs for decades were probabilistic, and it shows that chromatic number is not a local property.

On the formal side, Mathlib has cliques, independent sets, girth and chromatic number, but no Ramsey numbers, no Erdős lower bound and no high-girth theorem. The platform already has weaker or differently shaped relatives, all checked for this mission. Erdos1947.ramsey_lower_bound gives a graph on 2⌊k/2⌋2^{\lfloor k/2 \rfloor}2⌊k/2⌋ vertices without monochromatic kkk-sets, a weaker bound than the goal's. BookSixth.high_girth_chromatic is a single-parameter form of Theorem 11.7 in another Lean environment. ramsey_theory_upper_bound is a diagonal 4k4^k4k bound. The goal statement carries the constant 1/(e2)1/(e\sqrt2)1/(e2​) exactly, which requires an explicit, non-asymptotic lower bound for n!n!n! where the book writes "Stirling's approximation".

Difficulty

The obvious route to the goal is to count graphs with a large clique or independent set and compare the result with the total number of graphs. Two steps of that route do not go through as written in the text. First, the book replaces n!n!n! by its Stirling approximation, which is only asymptotic; a statement for every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 needs an inequality valid for all nnn, and the constant 1/(e2)1/(e\sqrt2)1/(e2​) leaves no room for a cruder estimate such as n!≥(n/e)nn! \ge (n/e)^nn!≥(n/e)n alone. Second, the counting argument yields a graph on each ttt below the threshold, whereas R(n,n)R(n,n)R(n,n) is defined as a least threshold over all graphs with at least that many vertices; the two have to be connected.

Theorem 11.7 needs random graphs with edge probability depending on nnn, a first-moment bound on short cycles and on independent sets, and a deletion step. The book states Theorem 11.6 without proof.

Formalization scope

  • Graphs are Mathlib SimpleGraph V on a finite type V : Type (Theorems 11.1, 11.2, 11.4) or on Fin N (Theorem 11.7). Cliques and independent sets are SimpleGraph.IsNClique and SimpleGraph.IsNIndepSet on a Finset.
  • IsRamseyBound m n N quantifies over every graph with at least NNN vertices, as the book does; ramseyNumber m n is the sInf of the positive Ramsey bounds. Theorem 11.2 is stated as IsLeast {N | 0 < N ∧ IsRamseyBound m n N} (ramseyNumber m n), so its content is the nonemptiness of that set. The same pattern is used for Theorem 11.6.
  • The goal compares real numbers: (n : ℝ) / (Real.exp 1 * Real.sqrt 2) * (2 : ℝ) ^ ((n : ℝ) / 2) ≤ (ramseyNumber n n : ℝ), with a real power. Explicit constant: the book says "use the Stirling approximation … after some algebra"; the statement keeps the book's constant 1/(e2)1/(e\sqrt 2)1/(e2​) and holds for every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 with no threshold.
  • The bound of the proof of Theorem 11.2 is stated as the Ramsey property at (m+n−2m−1)\binom{m+n-2}{m-1}(m−1m+n−2​), not as an inequality on ramseyNumber, so it cannot hold through an empty defining set.
  • Girth is Mathlib's SimpleGraph.egirth (valued in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}, ∞\infty∞ for forests), not SimpleGraph.girth, which is 000 on forests. Chromatic number is SimpleGraph.chromaticNumber in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}. The parameter ttt of Theorem 11.7 is a natural number; negative ttt is trivial.
  • Theorem 11.6 is printed with typos: hi≥sh_i \ge shi​≥s is read for all i=1,…,ri = 1, \dots, ri=1,…,r, the undefined n0n_0n0​ is read as R(s:h1,…,hr)R(s : h_1, \dots, h_r)R(s:h1​,…,hr​), and C([n],s]C([n], s]C([n],s] as C([n],s)C([n], s)C([n],s). Colourings are functions on the subtype of sss-element subsets of Fin n, with colours in Fin r.
  • Trivializing formalizations ruled out. A Ramsey number defined as an arbitrary upper bound, or as a supremum with junk value 000, would make the goal vacuous or false. Here the goal's right-hand side is positive, so it forces the defining set to be nonempty, and every graph is simple on exactly its vertex type, with no loops or multiple edges.
  • Reusable infrastructure: IsRamseyBound/ramseyNumber, the hypergraph version, an all-nnn lower bound for n!n!n!, and counting over the 2(t2)2^{\binom{t}{2}}2(2t​) labelled graphs on ttt vertices. Proofs of any milestone are welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • M. T. Keller and W. T. Trotter, Applied Combinatorics, 2017 Edition, Chapter 11, pp. 229–238. https://www.appliedcombinatorics.org/
  • F. P. Ramsey, On a problem of formal logic, Proc. London Math. Soc. 30 (1930), 264–286. https://doi.org/10.1112/plms/s2-30.1.264
  • P. Erdős and G. Szekeres, A combinatorial problem in geometry, Compositio Math. 2 (1935), 463–470. http://www.numdam.org/item/CM_1935__2__463_0/
  • P. Erdős, Some remarks on the theory of graphs, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53 (1947), 292–294. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1947-08785-1
  • P. Erdős, Graph theory and probability, Canad. J. Math. 11 (1959), 34–38. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1959-003-9
  • S. Radziszowski, Small Ramsey Numbers, Electron. J. Combin. Dynamic Survey DS1. https://doi.org/10.37236/21
  • M. Campos, S. Griffiths, R. Morris and J. Sahasrabudhe, An exponential improvement for diagonal Ramsey, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2303.09521
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Uniform Convergence of Relative Frequencies of Events to Their Probabilities III: Uniform Convergence and the Entropy per ObservationResearch Paper

Motivation

Estimating a probability by the relative frequency of the event in an independent sample is justified for one event by the law of large numbers. Statistics and learning theory need more: the frequencies of a whole class of events SSS must approach their probabilities simultaneously, so that a quantity chosen after looking at the data (the empirical risk minimizer, the empirical distribution function) is still close to its expectation. Glivenko's theorem on the empirical distribution function is the classical instance; empirical risk minimization rests on the same property for the class of loss sets of a model.

Vapnik and Chervonenkis, On the Uniform Convergence of Relative Frequencies of Events to Their Probabilities, Theory Probab. Appl. 16 (1971), treat this question in two parts. The first gives a distribution-free sufficient condition through the growth function (Theorems 1–3). The second, which this mission formalizes, gives a condition that is necessary and sufficient for a fixed distribution: Theorem 4, the entropy criterion.

Timeline. 1933: Glivenko and Cantelli prove uniform convergence for the class of rays {x≤a}\{x \le a\}{x≤a} on the line. 1968: Vapnik and Chervonenkis announce the results in Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 181. 1971: the full paper appears, with the growth-function bound and the entropy criterion. Later work (Talagrand 1987; Dudley, Giné and Zinn 1991) recasts such criteria as the theory of Glivenko–Cantelli classes.

Setting

Let XXX be a set carrying a probability measure PPP, and SSS a collection of measurable subsets of XXX (events). A sample of size lll is a sequence x1,…,xlx_1, \dots, x_lx1​,…,xl​ of independent draws from PPP; repetitions are allowed. For A∈SA \in SA∈S the relative frequency νA(l)\nu_A^{(l)}νA(l)​ is the fraction of sample terms lying in AAA, and PA=P(A)P_A = P(A)PA​=P(A). The maximal deviation is

π(l)(x1,…,xl)=sup⁡A∈S∣νA(l)−PA∣.\pi^{(l)}(x_1, \dots, x_l) = \sup_{A \in S} \bigl|\nu_A^{(l)} - P_A\bigr| .π(l)(x1​,…,xl​)=A∈Ssup​​νA(l)​−PA​​.

The relative frequencies converge in probability to the probabilities uniformly over SSS when P{π(l)>ε}→0\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \to 0P{π(l)>ε}→0 as l→∞l \to \inftyl→∞ for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0.

Each A∈SA \in SA∈S induces in a sample the subsample of terms lying in AAA. The index ΔS(x1,…,xl)\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l)ΔS(x1​,…,xl​) is the number of different subsamples induced by the sets of SSS; it lies between 000 and 2l2^l2l. The entropy of SSS in samples of size lll is

HS(l)=Elog⁡2ΔS(x1,…,xl).H^S(l) = \mathbf{E} \log_2 \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l) .HS(l)=Elog2​ΔS(x1​,…,xl​).

For a sample of size 2l2l2l, split into halves x1,…,xlx_1, \dots, x_lx1​,…,xl​ and xl+1,…,x2lx_{l+1}, \dots, x_{2l}xl+1​,…,x2l​ with relative frequencies νA′\nu'_AνA′​ and νA′′\nu''_AνA′′​, the semi-sample deviation is ρ(l)=sup⁡A∈S∣νA′−νA′′∣\rho^{(l)} = \sup_{A \in S} |\nu'_A - \nu''_A|ρ(l)=supA∈S​∣νA′​−νA′′​∣. Finally Φ(n,r)\Phi(n, r)Φ(n,r) is defined by the recurrence Φ(n,r)=Φ(n,r−1)+Φ(n−1,r−1)\Phi(n, r) = \Phi(n, r-1) + \Phi(n-1, r-1)Φ(n,r)=Φ(n,r−1)+Φ(n−1,r−1), Φ(0,r)=Φ(n,0)=1\Phi(0, r) = \Phi(n, 0) = 1Φ(0,r)=Φ(n,0)=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 275)

(∀ε>0: lim⁡l→∞P{π(l)>ε}=0)  ⟺  lim⁡l→∞HS(l)l=0.\Bigl(\forall \varepsilon > 0:\ \lim_{l\to\infty} \mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} = 0\Bigr) \iff \lim_{l \to \infty} \frac{H^S(l)}{l} = 0 .(∀ε>0: l→∞lim​P{π(l)>ε}=0)⟺l→∞lim​lHS(l)​=0.

Milestones

  1. Entropy rate. (12) ΔS(x1,…,xl)≤ΔS(x1,…,xk)ΔS(xk+1,…,xl)\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l) \le \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_k)\Delta^S(x_{k+1}, \dots, x_l)ΔS(x1​,…,xl​)≤ΔS(x1​,…,xk​)ΔS(xk+1​,…,xl​); the subadditivity HS(l1+l2)≤HS(l1)+HS(l2)H^S(l_1 + l_2) \le H^S(l_1) + H^S(l_2)HS(l1​+l2​)≤HS(l1​)+HS(l2​); Lemma 3, HS(l)/l→c∈[0,1]H^S(l)/l \to c \in [0, 1]HS(l)/l→c∈[0,1]; Lemma 4, P(∣l−1log⁡2ΔS−c∣>ε)→0\mathbf{P}(|l^{-1}\log_2 \Delta^S - c| > \varepsilon) \to 0P(∣l−1log2​ΔS−c∣>ε)→0.
  2. Sufficiency. Lemma 2, P{π(l)>ε}≤2 P{ρ(l)≥ε/2}\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \le 2\,\mathbf{P}\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \varepsilon/2\}P{π(l)>ε}≤2P{ρ(l)≥ε/2} for l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2; the per-sample permutation bound 2ΔS(x1,…,x2l)e−ε2l/82\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_{2l}) e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}2ΔS(x1​,…,x2l​)e−ε2l/8; and
P{ρ(l)≥ε2}≤2(2e)ε2l/8+P{12llog⁡2ΔS(x1,…,x2l)>ε216}.\mathbf{P}\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}\} \le 2\Bigl(\frac{2}{e}\Bigr)^{\varepsilon^2 l/8} + \mathbf{P}\Bigl\{\tfrac{1}{2l}\log_2 \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_{2l}) > \tfrac{\varepsilon^2}{16}\Bigr\} .P{ρ(l)≥2ε​}≤2(e2​)ε2l/8+P{2l1​log2​ΔS(x1​,…,x2l​)>16ε2​}.
  1. Necessity. Lemma 1 (Sauer–Shelah in sequence form); step 1°, 1−P(C′)≥(1−P(Q))21 - \mathbf{P}(C') \ge (1 - \mathbf{P}(Q))^21−P(C′)≥(1−P(Q))2 with C′={ρ(l)>2ε}C' = \{\rho^{(l)} > 2\varepsilon\}C′={ρ(l)>2ε}; (26), P{ΔS>Φ([ql],l)}→1\mathbf{P}\{\Delta^S > \Phi([ql], l)\} \to 1P{ΔS>Φ([ql],l)}→1 when 0<q<140 < q < \frac140<q<41​ and qlog⁡2(2e/q)<cq\log_2(2e/q) < cqlog2​(2e/q)<c; and (29), P{π(l)>ε}→1\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \to 1P{π(l)>ε}→1 when moreover 0<ε<q/70 < \varepsilon < q/70<ε<q/7.

Significance

Theorem 4 characterizes uniform convergence for a given distribution exactly, with no gap between the necessary and the sufficient condition. It separates the cases the growth-function bound cannot: a class may have mS(l)=2lm^S(l) = 2^lmS(l)=2l for every lll (all open subsets of [0,1][0,1][0,1]) and still satisfy HS(l)/l→0H^S(l)/l \to 0HS(l)/l→0 under a particular PPP, or fail it. The entropy HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) is the distribution-dependent quantity from which later work on Glivenko–Cantelli classes and on consistency of empirical risk minimization proceeds; the 1981 paper of the same authors extends the criterion to classes of functions. The quantitative form (29) states more than the negation of convergence: when the entropy rate is positive, the maximal deviation stays above a fixed ε\varepsilonε with probability tending to one.

The result has been proved since 1971; it has not been formalized. The platform holds Sauer–Shelah variants over sets of distinct points and PAC bounds with other constants, but no statement of the VC entropy or of Theorem 4. The mission produces machine-checked statements of the entropy criterion and of its supporting lemmas with the paper's own constants (l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2, 2e−ε2l/82e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}2e−ε2l/8, δ=ε2/16\delta = \varepsilon^2/16δ=ε2/16, ε<q/7\varepsilon < q/7ε<q/7).

Difficulty

The sufficiency half is a variant of the proof of the growth-function bound; its new ingredient is the concentration of l−1log⁡2ΔSl^{-1} \log_2 \Delta^Sl−1log2​ΔS (Lemma 4), which needs subadditivity and a law of large numbers over independent blocks of the sample rather than a single mean estimate. The hypergeometric tail estimate behind the permutation bound is omitted in the paper ("a simple but long computation").

Necessity is harder. The obvious attempt, bounding P{π(l)>ε}\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\}P{π(l)>ε} from below by exhibiting a single bad event, fails: SSS may be uncountable and no single AAA deviates with non-vanishing probability. A positive entropy rate has to be converted into a combinatorial statement about typical samples ((26) combines Lemma 4 with an estimate of Φ([ql],l)\Phi([ql], l)Φ([ql],l)), and that statement back into a lower bound on a probability over the product measure; the constants q<14q < \frac14q<41​ and ε<q/7\varepsilon < q/7ε<q/7 must be tracked through both conversions, and the conclusion lim⁡P{π(l)>ε}=1\lim \mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} = 1limP{π(l)>ε}=1 needs the unweakened inequality of step 1°.

Formalization scope

A sample of size lll is a function Fin l → X (positions 0,…,l−10, \dots, l-10,…,l−1) and its law is the product measure Measure.pi (fun _ => P), with P a probability measure. A subsample is a set of positions, so the index counts distinct Finset (Fin l) of the form {i:xi∈A}\{i : x_i \in A\}{i:xi​∈A}. The halves of x : Fin (l + l) → X are x ∘ Fin.castAdd l and x ∘ Fin.natAdd l. PAP_APA​ is P.real A; the suprema π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) and ρ(l)\rho^{(l)}ρ(l) are real suprema over the subtype of SSS (values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; 000 for S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅). HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) is a Bochner integral of Real.logb 2 of the index, and [ql][ql][ql] is ⌊q * l⌋₊. Probabilities are values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞], except in the inequalities between probabilities (step 1°, the sufficiency estimate), which use Measure.real.

Measurability. The paper assumes, and the statements carry as hypotheses, that the events of SSS are measurable (p. 264), that π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) is a random variable (p. 265), that ρ(l)\rho^{(l)}ρ(l) is measurable (p. 268), and that the index is measurable in the sample (p. 273). Each statement carries the ones its proof uses. Without them the Bochner integral defining HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) can be the junk value 000 and the equivalence can fail; replacing them by "SSS countable" would weaken the theorem. The goal is not trivialized by degenerate cases: the equivalence is not vacuous for any class, and S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅ gives the true instance HS=0H^S = 0HS=0, π(l)=0\pi^{(l)} = 0π(l)=0.

Corrections of the printed text. Lemma 2 is printed for l>2/ε2l > 2/\varepsilon^2l>2/ε2; its proof gives l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2, which is stated. On p. 275 Lemma 2 is recalled as "2P(C)≥12P(Q)2\mathbf{P}(C) \ge \frac12 P(Q)2P(C)≥21​P(Q)", meaning P(C)≥12P(Q)\mathbf{P}(C) \ge \frac12\mathbf{P}(Q)P(C)≥21​P(Q). On p. 276 the first display carries a stray upper limit "4" on the integral, and the region of integration is printed {log⁡2ΔS≤2δ}\{\log_2 \Delta^S \le 2\delta\}{log2​ΔS≤2δ} where {log⁡2ΔS≤2δl}\{\log_2\Delta^S \le 2\delta l\}{log2​ΔS≤2δl} is meant. The event C′C'C′ is defined with ">2ε> 2\varepsilon>2ε" (p. 276) but integrated in step 3° as θ(⋅−2ε)\theta(\cdot - 2\varepsilon)θ(⋅−2ε), which counts "≥2ε\ge 2\varepsilon≥2ε"; the strict form is stated, and the estimate of step 3° is itself strict. Step 1° is stated unweakened. Milestone texts are verbatim.

Contributions welcome: a reusable development of the index and its submultiplicativity, the hypergeometric tail bound for sampling without replacement, a block law of large numbers for subadditive functionals of i.i.d. samples, and the permutation-invariance argument for product measures on Fin (l + l) → X.

Selected references

  • V. N. Vapnik and A. Ya. Chervonenkis, On the uniform convergence of relative frequencies of events to their probabilities, Theory of Probability and Its Applications 16(2) (1971), 264–280. https://doi.org/10.1137/1116025
  • V. N. Vapnik and A. Ya. Chervonenkis, Necessary and sufficient conditions for the uniform convergence of means to their expectations, Theory of Probability and Its Applications 26(3) (1981), 532–553. https://doi.org/10.1137/1126059
  • M. Talagrand, The Glivenko–Cantelli problem, Annals of Probability 15(3) (1987), 837–870. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176992069
  • R. M. Dudley, E. Giné and J. Zinn, Uniform and universal Glivenko–Cantelli classes, Journal of Theoretical Probability 4(3) (1991), 485–510. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01210321
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Uniform Convergence of Relative Frequencies of Events to Their Probabilities II: The Uniform Deviation BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Bernoulli's law of large numbers says that the relative frequency of a single event AAA in lll independent trials converges in probability to P(A)P(A)P(A). Statistics and learning theory need more: the probabilities of a whole class SSS of events are judged from one and the same sample, so the frequencies must converge uniformly over the class. Uniform convergence can fail even for simple classes (all open subsets of [0,1][0,1][0,1]), so one needs a criterion that says when it holds and how fast.

Vapnik and Chervonenkis gave the first distribution-free answer in On the Uniform Convergence of Relative Frequencies of Events to Their Probabilities (Theory Probab. Appl. 16 (1971) 264–280, doi:10.1137/1116025). Its Theorem 2, now called the VC inequality, bounds the probability of a uniform deviation larger than ε\varepsilonε by a combinatorial quantity of the class times an exponentially small factor.

Timeline:

  • 1933: Glivenko and Cantelli prove uniform almost-sure convergence of the empirical distribution function on the line (the class of rays {x≤a}\{x \le a\}{x≤a}).
  • 1971: Vapnik and Chervonenkis publish the growth function, the VC inequality (Theorem 2), almost-sure convergence under polynomial growth (Theorem 3) and the entropy criterion (Theorem 4).
  • 1972: Sauer and Shelah independently prove the polynomial bound on the growth function (the paper's Lemma 1).
  • From the late 1970s: the inequality is sharpened in its constants and extended to empirical processes (Dudley, Pollard, Talagrand).

Setting

Let (X,P)(X, P)(X,P) be a probability space and SSS a collection of measurable events A⊆XA \subseteq XA⊆X, with probabilities PAP_APA​. A sample of size lll is a sequence x1,…,xlx_1, \dots, x_lx1​,…,xl​ of points of XXX drawn independently with law PPP, so the sample has the product law PlP^lPl on XlX^lXl. The relative frequency of AAA in the sample is νA(l)=nA/l\nu_A^{(l)} = n_A / lνA(l)​=nA​/l, where nAn_AnA​ is the number of sample terms in AAA. The uniform deviation is

π(l)=sup⁡A∈S∣νA(l)−PA∣.\pi^{(l)} = \sup_{A \in S} \bigl|\nu_A^{(l)} - P_A\bigr|.π(l)=A∈Ssup​​νA(l)​−PA​​.

Each A∈SA \in SA∈S induces in a sample x1,…,xrx_1, \dots, x_rx1​,…,xr​ the subsample of terms lying in AAA. The index ΔS(x1,…,xr)\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_r)ΔS(x1​,…,xr​) is the number of different subsamples so induced (at most 2r2^r2r), and the growth function is mS(r)=max⁡ΔS(x1,…,xr)m^S(r) = \max \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_r)mS(r)=maxΔS(x1​,…,xr​) over all samples of size rrr.

For a double sample x1,…,x2lx_1, \dots, x_{2l}x1​,…,x2l​ let νA′\nu'_AνA′​ and νA′′\nu''_AνA′′​ be the frequencies of AAA in the two semi-samples x1,…,xlx_1, \dots, x_lx1​,…,xl​ and xl+1,…,x2lx_{l+1}, \dots, x_{2l}xl+1​,…,x2l​, and let

ρ(l)=sup⁡A∈S∣νA′−νA′′∣.\rho^{(l)} = \sup_{A \in S} \bigl|\nu'_A - \nu''_A\bigr|.ρ(l)=A∈Ssup​​νA′​−νA′′​​.

Following the paper, π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) and ρ(l)\rho^{(l)}ρ(l) are assumed to be measurable functions of the sample for every lll.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 269)

For every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 and every l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2,

P(π(l)>ε)≤4 mS(2l) e−ε2l/8.P\bigl(\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\bigr) \le 4\, m^S(2l)\, e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}.P(π(l)>ε)≤4mS(2l)e−ε2l/8.

The constants 444 and 1/81/81/8 and the growth function at 2l2l2l are the paper's.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 268): for l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2, P{ρ(l)≥ε/2}≥12P{π(l)>ε}P\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \varepsilon/2\} \ge \tfrac12 P\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\}P{ρ(l)≥ε/2}≥21​P{π(l)>ε}.
  2. Eq. (11) (p. 270): P{ρ(l)≥ε/2}=∫1(2l)!∑Tθ(ρ(l)(TX2l)−ε/2) dPP\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \varepsilon/2\} = \int \frac{1}{(2l)!} \sum_{T} \theta\bigl(\rho^{(l)}(T X_{2l}) - \varepsilon/2\bigr)\, dPP{ρ(l)≥ε/2}=∫(2l)!1​∑T​θ(ρ(l)(TX2l​)−ε/2)dP, the sum over all permutations TTT of the 2l2l2l positions (θ\thetaθ the indicator of [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞)).
  3. The Γ\GammaΓ estimate (p. 271): for 0≤m≤2l0 \le m \le 2l0≤m≤2l,
Γ=∑k:∣2k/l−m/l∣≥ε/2(mk)(2l−ml−k)(2ll)≤2e−ε2l/8.\Gamma = \sum_{k : |2k/l - m/l| \ge \varepsilon/2} \frac{\binom{m}{k}\binom{2l-m}{l-k}}{\binom{2l}{l}} \le 2e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}.Γ=k:∣2k/l−m/l∣≥ε/2∑​(l2l​)(km​)(l−k2l−m​)​≤2e−ε2l/8.
  1. The per-sample permutation bound (p. 271): for every fixed double sample, 1(2l)!∑Tθ(ρ(l)(TX2l)−ε/2)≤2ΔS(x1,…,x2l) e−ε2l/8\frac{1}{(2l)!}\sum_T \theta\bigl(\rho^{(l)}(T X_{2l}) - \varepsilon/2\bigr) \le 2\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_{2l})\, e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}(2l)!1​∑T​θ(ρ(l)(TX2l​)−ε/2)≤2ΔS(x1​,…,x2l​)e−ε2l/8.
  2. The semi-sample bound (p. 271): P{ρ(l)≥ε/2}≤2 mS(2l) e−ε2l/8P\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \varepsilon/2\} \le 2\, m^S(2l)\, e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}P{ρ(l)≥ε/2}≤2mS(2l)e−ε2l/8 for every l≥1l \ge 1l≥1.

Further items (consequences, not milestones)

  • Corollary (p. 269): if mS(l)≤ln+1m^S(l) \le l^n + 1mS(l)≤ln+1 for all lll and some finite nnn, then P(π(l)>ε)→0P(\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon) \to 0P(π(l)>ε)→0 for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0.
  • Theorem 3 (p. 271): under the same condition, P(π(l)→0)=1P(\pi^{(l)} \to 0) = 1P(π(l)→0)=1 for an infinite i.i.d. sequence.

Significance

The bound holds for every distribution PPP and depends on the class only through mS(2l)m^S(2l)mS(2l). Together with the paper's Theorem 1 (the growth function is either 2r2^r2r for every rrr or bounded by rn+1r^n + 1rn+1), it shows that every class whose growth function is not identically 2r2^r2r enjoys uniform convergence at an exponential rate in probability and almost surely. The Glivenko–Cantelli theorem is the special case of rays on the line. The inequality underlies sample-complexity bounds for empirical risk minimization, the "finite VC dimension implies learnability" direction of the fundamental theorem of statistical learning, and the theory of empirical processes indexed by sets.

The result has been proved for more than fifty years; what is missing is a machine-checked proof of it in its original form. Formal libraries contain Hoeffding-type inequalities for independent variables and textbook uniform-convergence statements with other constants, stated for hypothesis classes and loss functions. This mission produces the 1971 statement itself, with its constants and its sequence-based index, together with the combinatorial tail bound for sampling without replacement that the paper states without proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies Hoeffding's inequality to each A∈SA \in SA∈S and takes a union bound. This fails as soon as SSS is infinite, and the classes of interest are uncountable. The growth function can only enter after the probabilities PAP_APA​ have been removed from the event, because only then does the event depend on the finitely many subsamples that SSS induces on a finite sample. Lemma 2 does this at the price of the condition l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2 and a factor 222.

The second difficulty is combinatorial. Under a random rearrangement of a fixed double sample, the number of points of an event that fall into the first half is hypergeometric, not binomial. The paper states the required tail bound Γ≤2e−ε2l/8\Gamma \le 2e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}Γ≤2e−ε2l/8 and omits the "simple but long computation". Mathlib has no tail bound for sampling without replacement.

Formalization scope

Samples are functions Fin l → X with 0-based positions; repetitions are allowed. The subsample induced by AAA is the set of positions {i | x i ∈ A}, so the index counts distinct sets of positions and the growth function maximizes over sequences, not finite point sets (the paper's model; the two differ when XXX has fewer than rrr points). The sample law is Measure.pi (fun _ : Fin l => P). The double sample is Fin (l + l) → X, read through Fin.castAdd and Fin.natAdd, and mS(2l)m^S(2l)mS(2l) is growth S (2 * l). Suprema are real suprema over the events of SSS (values in [0,1][0, 1][0,1]; 000 for S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅). Probabilities are values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] and the bounds enter through ENNReal.ofReal. Theorem 3 uses the infinite product Measure.infinitePi and evaluates π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) on the first lll coordinates.

The measurability of π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) (p. 265) and of ρ(l)\rho^{(l)}ρ(l) (p. 268) are the paper's own assumptions and are carried as hypotheses. Without them Theorem 2 can fail for uncountable classes; replacing them by a stronger condition such as countability of SSS would weaken the theorem.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out as follows: ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 is stated, which forces l≥1l \ge 1l≥1 and so avoids the value 0/0=00/0 = 00/0=0 of the frequency. The supremum runs over the events of SSS, not over all subsets. The index counts distinct subsamples, not sets.

Corrections of the printed text:

  1. Lemma 2 is printed for l>2/ε2l > 2/\varepsilon^2l>2/ε2, but its proof concludes for l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2, and Theorem 2 uses l=2/ε2l = 2/\varepsilon^2l=2/ε2. The ≥\ge≥ form is stated, which is the stronger statement.
  2. The text before the permutation bound describes the averaged quantity as counting arrangements with ∣νA′−νA′′∣≤12ε|\nu'_A - \nu''_A| \le \tfrac12\varepsilon∣νA′​−νA′′​∣≤21​ε; the indicator and the index set of Γ\GammaΓ count those with ≥12ε\ge \tfrac12\varepsilon≥21​ε, which is what is stated.
  3. Slips in the proof of Lemma 2 that do not affect any statement: ε/3\varepsilon/3ε/3 printed for ε/2\varepsilon/2ε/2 on p. 269, and <<<, >>> where Chebyshev's inequality gives ≤\le≤, ≥\ge≥.
  4. Theorem 2 prints "more then" for "more than".

Needed infrastructure:

  • the invariance of Measure.pi under permutations of coordinates;
  • the splitting of Fin (l + l) into two halves under the product measure;
  • Chebyshev's inequality for binomial frequencies;
  • a hypergeometric (sampling without replacement) tail bound.

The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. N. Vapnik and A. Ya. Chervonenkis, On the uniform convergence of relative frequencies of events to their probabilities, Theory Probab. Appl. 16(2) (1971) 264–280. https://doi.org/10.1137/1116025
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
  • N. Sauer, On the density of families of sets, J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 13 (1972) 145–147. https://doi.org/10.1016/0097-3165(72)90019-2
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz and S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Ch. 6 and 28. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationFunctional AnalysisOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Dual Stochastic Dominance and Related Mean-Risk Models 2: Mean–Gini Optimal Portfolios Exist and Are SSD-EfficientResearch Paper

Motivation

Portfolio selection and other decisions under risk are routinely solved as mean–risk models: maximize the expected outcome minus a multiple of a risk measure over the feasible set. Such a model is computationally convenient, but it is only defensible if its answers agree with the preferences of risk-averse decision makers. The standard formal expression of those preferences is second-degree stochastic dominance (SSD): a random outcome XXX dominates YYY when every nondecreasing concave utility prefers XXX. A mean–risk model whose optimal solution may be SSD-dominated by another feasible decision recommends something every risk-averse investor would reject; the classical mean–variance model has exactly this defect.

Ogryczak and Ruszczyński (SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 60–78) characterize SSD through the absolute Lorenz curve (the second quantile function) and use this dual view to study risk measures defined from quantiles: the vertical diameter of the dual dispersion space, the tail Gini measure and the Gini mean difference. Their §5 shows that the mean–Gini model, with trade-off coefficient at most one, has optimal solutions and that all of them are SSD-efficient. This mission formalizes that result together with the lemmas it rests on. A companion mission of this series formalizes the dual characterization of SSD itself (the paper's Theorems 3.1–3.2).

Timeline. Yitzhaki (1982) showed the mean–Gini necessary condition for SSD for bounded distributions; Ogryczak and Ruszczyński proved SSD consistency of mean-semideviation models (Eur. J. Oper. Res. 116 (1999)) and, in the present paper, extended the analysis to quantile-based and Gini-type risk measures for general integrable outcomes, with existence and efficiency of optimal solutions over sets in LqL_qLq​.

Setting

Let (Ω,B,P)(\Omega,\mathcal B,P)(Ω,B,P) be a probability space and X:Ω→RX:\Omega\to\mathbb RX:Ω→R an integrable random variable with mean μX=EX\mu_X=E XμX​=EX and distribution function FX(η)=P{X≤η}F_X(\eta)=P\{X\le\eta\}FX​(η)=P{X≤η}. The second performance function is

FX(2)(η)=∫−∞ηFX(ξ) dξ,F_X^{(2)}(\eta)=\int_{-\infty}^{\eta}F_X(\xi)\,d\xi ,FX(2)​(η)=∫−∞η​FX​(ξ)dξ,

and X⪰SSDYX\succeq_{SSD}YX⪰SSD​Y means FX(2)(η)≤FY(2)(η)F_X^{(2)}(\eta)\le F_Y^{(2)}(\eta)FX(2)​(η)≤FY(2)​(η) for all η∈R\eta\in\mathbb Rη∈R. Strict dominance is X≻SSDYX\succ_{SSD}YX≻SSD​Y iff X⪰SSDYX\succeq_{SSD}YX⪰SSD​Y and not Y⪰SSDXY\succeq_{SSD}XY⪰SSD​X. For a set QQQ of random variables, X∈QX\in QX∈Q is SSD-efficient in QQQ if no Y∈QY\in QY∈Q satisfies Y≻SSDXY\succ_{SSD}XY≻SSD​X.

The left quantile function is FX(−1)(p)=inf⁡{η:FX(η)≥p}F_X^{(-1)}(p)=\inf\{\eta:F_X(\eta)\ge p\}FX(−1)​(p)=inf{η:FX​(η)≥p} for 0<p≤10<p\le10<p≤1; a number qqq is a ppp-quantile if P{X<q}≤p≤P{X≤q}P\{X<q\}\le p\le P\{X\le q\}P{X<q}≤p≤P{X≤q}. The absolute Lorenz curve is FX(−2)(p)=∫0pFX(−1)(α) dαF_X^{(-2)}(p)=\int_0^pF_X^{(-1)}(\alpha)\,d\alphaFX(−2)​(p)=∫0p​FX(−1)​(α)dα on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. From it the paper defines

  • the vertical diameter hX(p)=μXp−FX(−2)(p)h_X(p)=\mu_Xp-F_X^{(-2)}(p)hX​(p)=μX​p−FX(−2)​(p), p∈[0,1]p\in[0,1]p∈[0,1] (eq. (3.6));
  • the Gini mean difference ΓX=2∫01(μXp−FX(−2)(p)) dp\Gamma_X=2\int_0^1(\mu_Xp-F_X^{(-2)}(p))\,dpΓX​=2∫01​(μX​p−FX(−2)​(p))dp (eq. (3.8));
  • the tail Gini measure GX(p)=2p2∫0p(μXα−FX(−2)(α)) dαG_X(p)=\frac{2}{p^2}\int_0^p(\mu_X\alpha-F_X^{(-2)}(\alpha))\,d\alphaGX​(p)=p22​∫0p​(μX​α−FX(−2)​(α))dα, p∈(0,1]p\in(0,1]p∈(0,1] (eq. (4.8)), so that ΓX=GX(1)\Gamma_X=G_X(1)ΓX​=GX​(1).

The optimization problem is

max⁡X∈Q (μX−λrX),(5.1)\max_{X\in Q}\ (\mu_X-\lambda r_X),\tag{5.1}X∈Qmax​ (μX​−λrX​),(5.1)

with λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, rXr_XrX​ one of these dual risk measures, and QQQ a convex, closed, bounded subset of Lq(Ω,P)L_q(\Omega,P)Lq​(Ω,P) for some q>1q>1q>1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

For 1<q<∞1<q<\infty1<q<∞, a nonempty convex bounded closed Q⊆LqQ\subseteq L_qQ⊆Lq​, rX=ΓXr_X=\Gamma_XrX​=ΓX​ and every λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1]:

arg max⁡X∈Q(μX−λΓX)≠∅and every X∈arg max⁡X∈Q(μX−λΓX) is SSD-efficient in Q.\operatorname*{arg\,max}_{X\in Q}(\mu_X-\lambda\Gamma_X)\neq\emptyset\quad\text{and every } X\in\operatorname*{arg\,max}_{X\in Q}(\mu_X-\lambda\Gamma_X)\text{ is SSD-efficient in }Q.X∈Qargmax​(μX​−λΓX​)=∅and every X∈X∈Qargmax​(μX​−λΓX​) is SSD-efficient in Q.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.4: for p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1), hX(p)=min⁡ξ∈RE{max⁡(p(X−ξ),(1−p)(ξ−X))}h_X(p)=\min_{\xi\in\mathbb R}E\{\max(p(X-\xi),(1-p)(\xi-X))\}hX​(p)=minξ∈R​E{max(p(X−ξ),(1−p)(ξ−X))}, attained at any ppp-quantile.
  2. Lemma 5.1: X↦hX(p)X\mapsto h_X(p)X↦hX​(p) is convex and positively homogeneous on L1L_1L1​ for p∈[0,1]p\in[0,1]p∈[0,1].
  3. Lemma 5.2: X↦GX(p)X\mapsto G_X(p)X↦GX​(p) is convex and positively homogeneous on L1L_1L1​ for p∈(0,1]p\in(0,1]p∈(0,1].
  4. (4.1): X⪰SSDY⇒μX≥μYX\succeq_{SSD}Y\Rightarrow\mu_X\ge\mu_YX⪰SSD​Y⇒μX​≥μY​.
  5. Proposition 4.5: X⪰SSDY⇒μX−ΓX≥μY−ΓYX\succeq_{SSD}Y\Rightarrow\mu_X-\Gamma_X\ge\mu_Y-\Gamma_YX⪰SSD​Y⇒μX​−ΓX​≥μY​−ΓY​ and X≻SSDY⇒μX−ΓX>μY−ΓYX\succ_{SSD}Y\Rightarrow\mu_X-\Gamma_X>\mu_Y-\Gamma_YX≻SSD​Y⇒μX​−ΓX​>μY​−ΓY​.

Companion: Theorem 5.4

For rX=hX(p)/pr_X=h_X(p)/prX​=hX​(p)/p with p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1) and λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1], the optimal set Q∗Q^*Q∗ is nonempty and each X∈Q∗X\in Q^*X∈Q∗ has an SSD-efficient X∗∈Q∗X^*\in Q^*X∗∈Q∗ with μX∗=μX\mu_{X^*}=\mu_XμX∗​=μX​ and hX∗(p)=hX(p)h_{X^*}(p)=h_X(p)hX∗​(p)=hX​(p).

Significance

Theorem 5.3 certifies the mean–Gini model as a safe decision rule: whatever trade-off λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1] is chosen, the model returns a decision that no feasible alternative dominates for all risk-averse utilities, and such a decision exists under assumptions natural for portfolio sets in LqL_qLq​. Theorem 5.4 gives the weaker but still usable guarantee for the tail-value-at-risk type measure hX(p)/ph_X(p)/phX​(p)/p, for which non-efficient optima can occur. Lemma 3.4 is the bridge to computation: it turns hX(p)h_X(p)hX​(p) into an expected piecewise-linear loss minimized over a scalar, which is how these models become linear programs over scenarios (§6 of the paper).

On the formalization side, the results are proved in the paper but, as far as a search of the platform shows, not machine-checked anywhere. A complete development produces reusable infrastructure: quantile functions and their integrals for integrable random variables, convexity of law-invariant functionals on L1L_1L1​, the Gini mean difference, and an existence argument for concave maximization over weakly compact subsets of LqL_qLq​.

Difficulty

The existence half needs weak compactness of QQQ in the reflexive space LqL_qLq​ and weak upper semicontinuity of μX−λΓX\mu_X-\lambda\Gamma_XμX​−λΓX​. The functional is defined through quantiles, which are not linear in XXX, so neither its concavity nor its continuity is visible from the definition. Closedness of QQQ in the norm topology must be upgraded to weak closedness, which uses convexity. The efficiency half needs the strict inequality (4.7): a strict SSD relation must produce a strict gap in the integrated absolute Lorenz curves, and the pointwise inequality of F(2)F^{(2)}F(2) alone does not give strictness in Γ\GammaΓ. The obvious attempt to argue efficiency from (4.6) alone fails: it yields only a weak inequality, which is compatible with an optimum being strictly dominated.

Formalization scope

  • One probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega,P)(Ω,P) with IsProbabilityMeasure P; random variables are functions Ω → ℝ, and all random variables compared by ⪰SSD\succeq_{SSD}⪰SSD​ live on it.
  • FX(2)F_X^{(2)}FX(2)​ is the Bochner integral of P.real {X ≤ ξ} over (−∞,η](-\infty,\eta](−∞,η]; μX\mu_XμX​ is ∫ X ∂P. Every statement about general random variables assumes Integrable X P (the paper's standing E∣X∣<∞E|X|<\inftyE∣X∣<∞).
  • FX(−1)F_X^{(-1)}FX(−1)​ uses the real sInf; its junk value at p=1p=1p=1 does not enter any integral and is never used pointwise. FX(−2)F_X^{(-2)}FX(−2)​ is used only on [0,1][0,1][0,1], so it is real-valued here; the extended-real version with +∞+\infty+∞ off [0,1][0,1][0,1] belongs to the companion mission.
  • ΓX\Gamma_XΓX​ is defined by the area formula (3.8), not by the double-integral formula that the paper cites; hXh_XhX​ is defined by (3.6), not by the minimum (3.7), so Lemma 3.4 is a genuine statement.
  • LqL_qLq​ is Mathlib's Lp ℝ q P with 1 < q and q ≠ ∞ (the paper's qqq is a real number >1>1>1); the functionals are applied to the function of an LqL_qLq​ element, and SSD-efficiency in QQQ refers to the image of QQQ in functions. Positive homogeneity is stated for the L1L_1L1​ element c⋅Xc\cdot Xc⋅X.
  • Added hypothesis: QQQ is nonempty. The paper does not write it, and without it the optimal set is empty.
  • Optimal solutions are maximizers in QQQ, not a supremum value. The trade-off coefficient is lam because λ is a Lean keyword; the range λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1] is kept exactly.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the weak relation ⪰SSD\succeq_{SSD}⪰SSD​ must not replace the strict relation in SSD-efficiency (every XXX weakly dominates itself), and Γ\GammaΓ must not be a hand-chosen closed form.

Needed infrastructure: quantile functions and the identity ∫01FX(−1)=μX\int_0^1F_X^{(-1)}=\mu_X∫01​FX(−1)​=μX​; the minimum representation of Lemma 3.4; convexity of law-invariant functionals on Lp; weak compactness of bounded closed convex sets in reflexive Lp. Contributions of general lemmas about quantiles and Lorenz curves are welcome and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean-risk models, SIAM J. Optim. 13(1) (2002) 60–78. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, From stochastic dominance to mean-risk models: semideviations as risk measures, Eur. J. Oper. Res. 116 (1999) 33–50. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0377-2217(98)00167-2
  • S. Yitzhaki, Stochastic dominance, mean variance, and Gini's mean difference, Amer. Econ. Rev. 72 (1982) 178–185. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1808584
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Star-Shaped Risk Measures 2: law-invariant star-shaped risk measures as robustified Value-at-RiskResearch Paper

Motivation

Financial regulators and risk managers summarise the loss distribution of a position by a single number, the capital that must be held against it. The two standards in practice are Value-at-Risk (VaR), a quantile of the loss, and expected shortfall (ES), an average of the upper quantiles; ES is the standard of the Basel framework. Both depend on the position only through its probability law, a property called law invariance, which is what allows them to be estimated from data.

The axiomatic theory of risk measures, starting with Artzner, Delbaen, Eber and Heath (1999) and Föllmer and Schied (2002), centres on convex risk measures. VaR is not convex, however, and neither are its robust variants used in practice: the maximum or the median of VaR over a set of scenario models, or the benchmark-loss VaR of Bignozzi, Burzoni and Munari (2020). Castagnoli, Cattelan, Maccheroni, Tebaldi and Wang (Operations Research 70(5), 2022) propose star-shapedness as the common property of all of these measures: doubling the exposure to a risky position at least doubles the required capital. Their Section 7 identifies exactly which law-invariant risk measures are star-shaped.

Timeline:

  • 1999: Artzner et al. introduce coherent risk measures and show that ES-type measures dominate VaR (doi:10.1111/1467-9965.00068).
  • 2002: Föllmer and Schied introduce convex risk measures.
  • 2020: Mao and Wang characterise the risk measures consistent with second-order stochastic dominance as infima of ES-based functionals.
  • 2022: Castagnoli et al. prove Theorem 5, the corresponding characterisation of star-shaped law-invariant risk measures through VaR.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space with PPP atomless: every event of positive probability contains an event of strictly smaller positive probability. A position is a bounded measurable function X:Ω→RX:\Omega\to\mathbb RX:Ω→R, read as a loss: X(ω)>0X(\omega)>0X(ω)>0 is money lost in state ω\omegaω. The positions form a linear space X\mathcal XX that contains the constants and carries the pointwise order X≧YX\geqq YX≧Y.

A risk measure is a function ρ:X→R\rho:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rρ:X→R that is monotone (X≧Y⇒ρ(X)≥ρ(Y)X\geqq Y\Rightarrow\rho(X)\ge\rho(Y)X≧Y⇒ρ(X)≥ρ(Y)), translation invariant (ρ(X−m)=ρ(X)−m\rho(X-m)=\rho(X)-mρ(X−m)=ρ(X)−m for real mmm) and normalized (ρ(0)=0\rho(0)=0ρ(0)=0). It is star-shaped if ρ(λX)≥λρ(X)\rho(\lambda X)\ge\lambda\rho(X)ρ(λX)≥λρ(X) for all XXX and all λ>1\lambda>1λ>1, and law-invariant if XXX and YYY with the same law under PPP satisfy ρ(X)=ρ(Y)\rho(X)=\rho(Y)ρ(X)=ρ(Y). Its acceptance set is Aρ={X∣ρ(X)≤0}\mathcal A_\rho=\{X\mid\rho(X)\le 0\}Aρ​={X∣ρ(X)≤0}. A set SSS in a vector space is star-shaped if λs∈S\lambda s\in Sλs∈S whenever s∈Ss\in Ss∈S and λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1].

For α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) the Value-at-Risk of XXX is

VaRα(X)=inf⁡{x∈R:P(X>x)≤1−α}.\mathrm{VaR}_\alpha(X)=\inf\{x\in\mathbb R : P(X>x)\le 1-\alpha\}.VaRα​(X)=inf{x∈R:P(X>x)≤1−α}.

Write FX(x)=P(X≤x)F_X(x)=P(X\le x)FX​(x)=P(X≤x). A loss XXX first-order stochastically dominates YYY, written X≿FSDYX\succsim_{\mathrm{FSD}}YX≿FSD​Y, if FX≥FYF_X\ge F_YFX​≥FY​ pointwise, so XXX is the smaller loss.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5, (i) ⇔ (ii)

For a function ρ:X→R\rho:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rρ:X→R the following are equivalent:

  1. ρ\rhoρ is a star-shaped and law-invariant risk measure;
  2. there is a star-shaped set G\mathcal GG of increasing functions g:(0,1)→Rg:(0,1)\to\mathbb Rg:(0,1)→R with g(0+)≤0g(0+)\le 0g(0+)≤0 such that
ρ(X)=inf⁡g∈G sup⁡α∈(0,1) {VaRα(X)−g(α)}X∈X.(25)\rho(X)=\inf_{g\in\mathcal G}\ \sup_{\alpha\in(0,1)}\ \{\mathrm{VaR}_\alpha(X)-g(\alpha)\}\qquad X\in\mathcal X.\tag{25}ρ(X)=g∈Ginf​ α∈(0,1)sup​ {VaRα​(X)−g(α)}X∈X.(25)

The goal fixes neither G\mathcal GG nor any constant. The paper's "Moreover" clause, closure of the class under the operations of Theorem 1, is excluded: its proof is a citation of Liu et al. (2020, Theorem 2) plus "the rest is straightforward".

Milestones

  • Eq. (7): ρ(X)=min⁡{m∈R∣X−m∈Aρ}\rho(X)=\min\{m\in\mathbb R\mid X-m\in\mathcal A_\rho\}ρ(X)=min{m∈R∣X−m∈Aρ​} for every risk measure.
  • Proposition 2: for a risk measure ρ\rhoρ, the following are equivalent: ρ\rhoρ is star-shaped; Aρ\mathcal A_\rhoAρ​ is star-shaped; ρ=ρA\rho=\rho_{\mathcal A}ρ=ρA​ for a star-shaped acceptance set A\mathcal AA.
  • Eq. (A.1): FX≥FYF_X\ge F_YFX​≥FY​ if and only if VaRα(X)≤VaRα(Y)\mathrm{VaR}_\alpha(X)\le\mathrm{VaR}_\alpha(Y)VaRα​(X)≤VaRα​(Y) for all α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1).
  • FSD consistency (proof of Theorem 5): if PPP is atomless and ρ\rhoρ is monotone and law-invariant, then X≿FSDY⇒ρ(X)≤ρ(Y)X\succsim_{\mathrm{FSD}}Y\Rightarrow\rho(X)\le\rho(Y)X≿FSD​Y⇒ρ(X)≤ρ(Y).

Significance

Theorem 5 says that the star-shaped law-invariant risk measures are exactly the robustifications of VaR: each benchmark ggg in G\mathcal GG gives a capital requirement sup⁡α{VaRα(X)−g(α)}\sup_\alpha\{\mathrm{VaR}_\alpha(X)-g(\alpha)\}supα​{VaRα​(X)−g(α)}, and ρ\rhoρ takes the most favourable benchmark. The class contains VaR, ES, their scenario-based maxima and the benchmark-loss VaR. The theorem parallels Theorem 4 of the same paper, derived from Mao and Wang (2020), in which ES replaces VaR and SSD-consistency replaces law invariance. Together the two results separate the two classes: VaR is star-shaped and law-invariant but not SSD-consistent. Section 7 also records that star-shaped law-invariant measures are in general not minima of law-invariant convex risk measures, which is why a representation specific to VaR is needed.

On the formal side, the result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known. The mission yields a Lean library of law-invariant risk measures on bounded measurable positions, a quantile-based Value-at-Risk with its basic order properties, and the FSD-consistency of monotone law-invariant functionals on atomless spaces. That last statement is the probabilistic core that other law-invariant representation theorems reuse.

Difficulty

The direction (ii) ⇒ (i) is a direct computation. The direction (i) ⇒ (ii) rests on FSD consistency. The obvious argument writes X≿FSDYX\succsim_{\mathrm{FSD}}YX≿FSD​Y as X≤YX\le YX≤Y and applies monotonicity, but first-order dominance compares only laws, and two positions ordered in law need not be ordered state by state. One must construct positions with the laws of XXX and YYY that are ordered pointwise, and this uses atomlessness in an essential way: on a space with atoms, the construction can fail. The remaining steps are bookkeeping of extended-real infima and suprema, including levels α\alphaα near 000 where ggg may diverge.

Formalization scope

Positions are the bounded measurable functions Ω→R\Omega\to\mathbb RΩ→R (a Submodule ℝ (Ω → ℝ), definition Positions) with the pointwise order, rather than equivalence classes in L∞(Ω,F,P)L^\infty(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)L∞(Ω,F,P). For a law-invariant ρ\rhoρ the two readings agree: almost surely equal positions have the same law, and a position that dominates another almost surely has a pointwise modification with the same law that dominates it everywhere. Atomlessness is defined locally (IsAtomless), because Mathlib's NoAtoms only states that singletons are null, which is weaker. Law invariance compares push-forward measures P.map X; measurability is part of Positions, so these are never degenerate.

VaR is an sInf of reals and is applied only to bounded positions at levels in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), where the infimum is over a nonempty set that is bounded below. In (25) each function ggg has domain exactly (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), "increasing" means weakly increasing, and g(0+)≤0g(0+)\le 0g(0+)≤0 is stated as inf⁡α∈(0,1)g(α)≤0\inf_{\alpha\in(0,1)}g(\alpha)\le 0infα∈(0,1)​g(α)≤0 in the extended reals. Both sides of (25) are compared in the extended reals, since the inner supremum can be +∞+\infty+∞. The minimum in Eq. (7) is an attained minimum (IsLeast), and the supremum condition on acceptance sets is a least upper bound (IsLUB).

These choices rule out the trivialising formalizations of (25). A real-valued supremum would read an unbounded supremum as 000. Dropping monotonicity of ggg or the condition g(0+)≤0g(0+)\le 0g(0+)≤0 describes a larger class that includes non-normalized functionals. Allowing G=∅\mathcal G=\emptysetG=∅ is excluded because the left side of (25) is a real number and the right side would be +∞+\infty+∞.

The following are not part of the mission: the "Moreover" clause of Theorem 5, Theorem 4 (its main direction is Mao and Wang 2020, Theorem 3.1), and Proposition 7 (ES as the smallest SSD-consistent risk measure dominating VaRα\mathrm{VaR}_\alphaVaRα​), which would need second-order dominance and ES as additional definitions.

Reusable infrastructure: VaR on bounded measurable functions and its homogeneity and translation properties; the equivalence (A.1); existence of a uniform random variable on an atomless probability space and the quantile coupling it provides. Proofs of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • E. Castagnoli, G. Cattelan, F. Maccheroni, C. Tebaldi, R. Wang, Star-Shaped Risk Measures, Operations Research 70(5):2637–2654, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2022.2303
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber, D. Heath, Coherent Measures of Risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3):203–228, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Stochastic Finance: An Introduction in Discrete Time, 4th ed., De Gruyter, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110463453
  • T. Mao, R. Wang, Risk Aversion in Regulatory Capital Principles, SIAM Journal on Financial Mathematics 11(1):169–200, 2020 (cited as Mao and Wang 2020 in the source paper).
  • V. Bignozzi, M. Burzoni, C. Munari, Risk Measures Based on Benchmark Loss Distributions, Journal of Risk and Insurance, 2020 (cited as Bignozzi et al. 2020 in the source paper).
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingLinear OptimizationOperations Research+1·Captain: Shuze Chen

Markov Decision Processes XIV: Positive Models and Linear Programming Duality for MDPsTextbook

Motivation

Chunk 07a built the general theory of infinite-horizon Markov Decision Processes and its sharpest special case, contracting models, where Banach's fixed point theorem delivers existence, uniqueness, and an explicit convergence rate all at once. That theory answers "does an optimal policy exist, and can I compute it by iterating a fixed point equation?" This mission answers the two questions a practitioner asks next: what happens when the reward's negative part, rather than its positive part, is the one that needs controlling (positive models, §7.4), and — more strikingly — can finding an optimal policy be reduced to solving a genuine linear program, the single most heavily-optimized computational primitive in all of operations research (§7.5)?

Setting

A positive Markov Decision Model is the mirror image of chunk 07a's general setup: instead of bounding the reward's positive part with an upper bounding function, the negative part is bounded by an integrability quantity ε\varepsilonε, and the roles of "largest subharmonic" and "smallest superharmonic" swap accordingly. The computational sections build on chunk 07a's contracting theory directly: Howard's policy improvement algorithm iteratively replaces a decision rule with a strict pointwise improvement; the linear-programming approach recasts the entire optimization problem — the value function and the optimal policy — as a primal/dual pair of linear programs, not over finite vectors but over an infinite-dimensional space of measurable functions (v∈IMv \in IMv∈IM) and finitely-additive-in-spirit measures (μ∈Mb\mu \in M_bμ∈Mb​); and state-space discretization approximates an infinite (Borel) state space by a finite grid, with an explicit, computable bound on the resulting numerical error.

Formalization targets

The goal, Theorem 7.5.8 (Strong Duality), is the section's deepest result: under chunk 07a's contracting Structure Theorem's own hypotheses, the primal linear program (P)(P)(P) is solved exactly by the true optimal value function J∞J_\inftyJ∞​, the dual program (D)(D)(D) is solved by the occupation measure of any optimal stationary policy, and the two optimal values coincide. The milestones build up to it in three groups: the positive-model mirror theory (Lemmas 7.4.1-7.4.2, Theorems 7.4.3 and 7.4.5); Howard's policy improvement and its termination guarantee (Theorem 7.5.1, Corollary 7.5.3); and the linear-programming machinery itself (weak duality, complementary slackness, and the finite-state specialization that recovers an ordinary finite linear program, Theorems 7.5.6, 7.5.7, 7.5.9) together with the discretization error bounds that make the whole theory numerically usable (Proposition 7.5.11, Theorem 7.5.12).

Significance

The strong duality theorem is genuinely new content relative to what is already on the platform: the existing finite-dimensional LP duality missions (SmaleNinth.lp_strong_duality, LinearOptimization.lp_general_weak_duality, and others in the linear-optimization field) all operate over Rn\mathbb R^nRn-valued vectors, while this theorem's primal and dual variables are a measurable function on a general Borel space and a measure on a general Borel space respectively — an infinite-dimensional linear program in the fullest sense. Theorem 7.5.9, the finite-state specialization, is the one point of genuine hypothesis-for-hypothesis contact with that prior art (checked directly; see STATUS.md for why it was drafted fresh rather than cited as a reference item), and it is exactly there that the reduction to an ordinary finite LP — with the platform's familiar vertex/extreme-point vocabulary — becomes visible.

Difficulty

Constructing the occupation measure μpf∞\mu^{f^\infty}_pμpf∞​ without a canonical infinite-horizon path measure is the central technical challenge: it must be a genuine Measure (E × A), not merely a real-valued functional, since the dual program optimizes over a space of such measures. This mission builds it from iterated Measure.bind (pushing the initial law ppp forward through the model's kernel under a fixed stationary decision rule) combined with a countable Measure.sum of βk\beta^kβk-scaled terms — a construction that stays entirely within Mathlib's existing measure-theoretic vocabulary without needing an Ionescu–Tulcea-style infinite product. A second, different difficulty is the state-space discretization section's grid interpolation, which presupposes a convex-combination structure (x=∑kλkxkx = \sum_k\lambda_kx_kx=∑k​λk​xk​ for grid points xkx_kxk​) on the state space that a general Borel space does not carry; this mission represents the grid operator and grid bounding function as data satisfying exactly the structural properties their two target theorems' own proofs use, rather than reconstructing the literal interpolation scheme — a deliberate, documented scope decision (see MODERATION_NOTES.md), not an approximation of either theorem's mathematical content.

Formalization scope

Every operator and value-function construction restates chunk 07a's own vocabulary (per this series' file-ownership convention, an independent copy in this chunk's own namespace), extended by the positive-model integrability bound ε\varepsilonε, the occupation-measure/linear-program apparatus of §7.5.2, and the grid-approximation data of §7.5.3. The primal/dual optimal values val(P)\mathrm{val}(P)val(P)/val(D)\mathrm{val}(D)val(D) are kept EReal-valued rather than real-valued specifically so that Theorem 7.5.6's own finiteness claims (−∞<val(D)-\infty < \mathrm{val}(D)−∞<val(D), val(P)<∞\mathrm{val}(P) < \inftyval(P)<∞) remain genuine, checkable content rather than being trivialized by a real-valued sInf/sSup's always-finite convention. Theorem 7.5.9's "optimal vertex" is stated via an explicit convex-combination (extreme-point) characterization using ENNReal weights, since Measure does not carry the module structure Mathlib's own Set.extremePoints requires.

Selected references

  • N. Bäuerle and U. Rieder, Markov Decision Processes with Applications to Finance, Universitext, Springer, 2011. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-18324-9.
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960 (the policy improvement algorithm this section names after him).
  • E. V. Denardo, "On linear programming in a Markov decision problem," Management Science, 1970 (the classical finite-state linear-programming formulation this section generalizes).
  • W. J. Heilmann, "A note on the dual of a linear program with infinitely many constraints," cited by the book's own Remark 7.5.5 for the finitely-additive treatment the restricted dual (D)(D)(D) over MbM_bMb​ sidesteps.
17 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: Shuze Chen

Markov Decision Processes VIII: Transaction Costs and the Dynamic Mean-Variance ProblemTextbook

Motivation

Two of the oldest simplifying assumptions in portfolio theory are that trading is frictionless and that risk means variance. Neither survives contact with practice: every real market charges a transaction cost proportional to the size of a trade, and variance penalizes upside deviations exactly as much as downside ones, which is not what an investor actually fears. Bäuerle and Rieder's §4.5 reopens the multiperiod terminal-wealth problem of chunk 04a with proportional transaction costs added to every trade, and finds that the qualitative shape of the solution survives — a buy/hold/sell rule with explicit thresholds, still obtained from the Structure Theorem of chunk 02a. Their §4.6 then leaves expected-utility maximization altogether and solves the classical Markowitz mean-variance problem in its genuinely dynamic, multiperiod form: choose a self-financing trading strategy that attains a target expected terminal wealth μ\muμ while minimizing the variance of that terminal wealth. This is Markowitz's one-period portfolio selection problem (H. Markowitz, Portfolio Selection, Journal of Finance, 1952) transplanted into a stage-by-stage trading horizon, and it earns its own solution technique: the objective is not linear in the underlying probability measure, so no direct Bellman equation applies, and the chapter instead builds a Lagrangian-embedding argument from scratch. Section §4.7 closes the chapter by replacing variance with the Average-Value-at-Risk, an axiomatically better-behaved risk measure (P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber, D. Heath, Coherent Measures of Risk, Mathematical Finance, 1999), and solves the resulting mean-risk problem in the binomial model by the same Lagrangian route.

Setting

The transaction-cost model (§4.5): state (x0,x1)∈E:=R≥02(x_0,x_1)\in E:=\mathbb{R}_{\ge0}^2(x0​,x1​)∈E:=R≥02​ (bond and stock holdings), action a∈[0,x1+x0/(1+c)]a\in[0,x_1+x_0/(1+c)]a∈[0,x1​+x0​/(1+c)] (the stock holding chosen after the trade), bond holding after the trade h(x0,x1,a):=x0+(1−c)(x1−a)h(x_0,x_1,a) := x_0+(1-c)(x_1-a)h(x0​,x1​,a):=x0​+(1−c)(x1​−a) if a≤x1a\le x_1a≤x1​ and x0+(1+c)(x1−a)x_0+(1+c)(x_1-a)x0​+(1+c)(x1​−a) if a>x1a>x_1a>x1​, for a proportional cost rate c∈[0,1)c\in[0,1)c∈[0,1); transition Tn((x0,x1),a,z):=(h(x0,x1,a)(1+in+1), az)T_n((x_0,x_1),a,z) := (h(x_0,x_1,a)(1+i_{n+1}),\,az)Tn​((x0​,x1​),a,z):=(h(x0​,x1​,a)(1+in+1​),az); terminal reward U(x0+x1)U(x_0+x_1)U(x0​+x1​) for a utility UUU homogeneous of degree γ\gammaγ.

The mean-variance model (§4.6): state E:=RE:=\mathbb{R}E:=R (wealth), action A:=RdA:=\mathbb{R}^dA:=Rd (amounts invested in ddd risky assets, short-selling allowed), transition Tn(x,a,z):=(1+in+1)(x+a⋅z)T_n(x,a,z) := (1+i_{n+1})(x+a\cdot z)Tn​(x,a,z):=(1+in+1​)(x+a⋅z). Writing XNX_NXN​ for the terminal wealth reached from x0x_0x0​ under a strategy π\piπ, the problem is

(MV)Varx0π[XN]→min⁡subject toEx0π[XN]≥μ,  π admissible.\mathrm{(MV)}\qquad \mathrm{Var}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N] \to \min \quad\text{subject to}\quad \mathbb{E}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N] \ge \mu, \ \ \pi \text{ admissible.}(MV)Varx0​π​[XN​]→minsubject toEx0​π​[XN​]≥μ,  π admissible.

Because Var\mathrm{Var}Var is not linear in the law of XNX_NXN​, (MV) is solved via the Lagrangian Lx0(π,λ):=Varx0π[XN]+2λ(μ−Ex0π[XN])L_{x_0}(\pi,\lambda) := \mathrm{Var}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N] + 2\lambda(\mu-\mathbb{E}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N])Lx0​​(π,λ):=Varx0​π​[XN​]+2λ(μ−Ex0​π​[XN​]), whose saddle points give (MV)'s value and optimizer, reduced in turn to the tractable auxiliary quadratic problem QP(b)QP(b)QP(b): minimize Ex0π[(XN−b)2]\mathbb{E}_{x_0}^\pi[(X_N-b)^2]Ex0​π​[(XN​−b)2], a stochastic linear-quadratic control problem.

The mean-risk model (§4.7): the binomial (Cox–Ross–Rubinstein) market with one bond (interest rate 000) and one stock with relative return u−1u-1u−1 w.p. ppp or d−1d-1d−1 w.p. 1−p1-p1−p; the Average-Value-at-Risk at level γ\gammaγ, AVaRγ(X):=inf⁡b∈R[b+11−γE[(X+b)−]]\mathrm{AVaR}_\gamma(X) := \inf_{b\in\mathbb{R}} [b+\frac{1}{1-\gamma}\mathbb{E}[(X+b)^-]]AVaRγ​(X):=infb∈R​[b+1−γ1​E[(X+b)−]]; the problem (MR):AVaRγ(XN)→min⁡\mathrm{(MR)}: \mathrm{AVaR}_\gamma(X_N)\to\min(MR):AVaRγ​(XN​)→min subject to Ex0π[XN]≥μ\mathbb{E}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N]\ge\muEx0​π​[XN​]≥μ, solved via the same Lagrangian route through an auxiliary problem P(λ,b)P(\lambda,b)P(λ,b).

Formalization targets

Goal — Theorem 4.6.6 (the mean-variance problem)

Varx0π∗[XN]=d01−d0(Ex0π∗[XN]−x0SN0)2,Ex0π∗[XN]=μ,\mathrm{Var}_{x_0}^{\pi^*}[X_N] = \frac{d_0}{1-d_0}\big(\mathbb{E}_{x_0}^{\pi^*}[X_N] - x_0S^0_N\big)^2, \qquad \mathbb{E}_{x_0}^{\pi^*}[X_N] = \mu,Varx0​π∗​[XN​]=1−d0​d0​​(Ex0​π∗​[XN​]−x0​SN0​)2,Ex0​π∗​[XN​]=μ, fn∗(x)=(μ−d0x0SN01−d0⋅Sn0SN0−x) Cn+1−1 E[Rn+1],f_n^*(x) = \Big(\frac{\mu-d_0x_0S^0_N}{1-d_0}\cdot\frac{S^0_n}{S^0_N} - x\Big)\, C_{n+1}^{-1}\,\mathbb{E}[R_{n+1}],fn∗​(x)=(1−d0​μ−d0​x0​SN0​​⋅SN0​Sn0​​−x)Cn+1−1​E[Rn+1​],

where (dn)(d_n)(dn​) is a recursively-defined sequence in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) (Lemma 4.6.4) built from the one-period return moments Cn,E[Rn]C_n,\mathbb{E}[R_n]Cn​,E[Rn​]. This closes the loop the chapter opens: it is the exact value and optimal strategy of the dynamic mean-variance problem, obtained by specializing the auxiliary problem QP(b)QP(b)QP(b)'s closed-form solution (Theorem 4.6.5) at the Lagrange multiplier that Lemma 4.6.2's saddle-point argument selects.

Supporting milestones

The Lagrangian route itself: the equivalence of (MV) and its equality-constrained form (Lemma 4.6.1), the saddle-point value identity (Lemma 4.6.2), the reduction of the Lagrange problem P(λ)P(\lambda)P(λ) to QP(b)QP(b)QP(b) (Lemma 4.6.3), the boundedness of (dn)(d_n)(dn​) (Lemma 4.6.4), and QP(b)QP(b)QP(b)'s own explicit solution (Theorem 4.6.5) — the four-step argument the goal theorem is the payoff of. Upstream of §4.6: the transaction-cost model's upper bounding function (Proposition 4.5.1), its Structure Assumption via buy/hold/sell decision rules (Proposition 4.5.2), and the resulting explicit three-region optimal policy (Theorem 4.5.4). Downstream: the Two-Fund Theorem (Corollary 4.6.7), and the parallel mean-risk development — the auxiliary problem P(λ,b)P(\lambda,b)P(λ,b)'s solution (Theorem 4.7.1), the binomial value of P(λ)P(\lambda)P(λ) (Proposition 4.7.2), and the mean-risk problem's own explicit solution in both orderings of ppp and qqq (Theorems 4.7.3 and 4.7.4).

Significance

Theorem 4.6.6 is the multiperiod extension of the single most-used result in portfolio theory: the mean-variance efficient frontier, here derived stage by stage rather than assumed static, and it recovers the classical Two-Fund Theorem (every investor holds the same risky portfolio, scaled by wealth) as an immediate corollary rather than a separate argument. The transaction-cost results answer a standing objection to frictionless portfolio theory by showing that its qualitative conclusions — a threshold trading rule derived from a value function via the same abstract Structure Theorem — survive costs, with the thresholds now depending on the current value function rather than being fixed. The mean-risk results extend the whole technique to a risk measure that, unlike variance, is coherent in the sense of Artzner et al., showing the Lagrangian-embedding method is not an accident of the quadratic case.

None of this chapter's results have machine-checked proofs on Prove2Me at the time of writing (the platform's saddle-point sufficiency results, VectorSpaceOpt.lagrangian_saddle_sufficient_pointed and ConvexOptimization.lagrangian_saddle_iff_strong_duality, are stated over a closed convex cone in a normed vector space, not over the finite-horizon admissible-policy space FNF^NFN that Lemma 4.6.2 needs, and were checked and ruled out as reusable for this mission). Formalizing this chapter means building the Lagrangian-embedding argument for a dynamic (rather than static) optimization problem from scratch: no existing platform infrastructure covers a saddle point of a Lagrangian defined over a sequence of Markov policies.

Difficulty

The obvious first attempt at (MV) is to apply the Structure Theorem of chunk 02a directly to the variance objective, exactly as chunk 04a does for expected utility. This fails outright: Varx0π[XN]=Ex0π[XN2]−(Ex0π[XN])2\mathrm{Var}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N] = \mathbb{E}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N^2] - (\mathbb{E}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N])^2Varx0​π​[XN​]=Ex0​π​[XN2​]−(Ex0​π​[XN​])2 is not additive over time and has no Bellman recursion of the usual form, because the square of an expectation over the whole horizon cannot be decomposed into a sum of one-period rewards. The chapter's actual route — Lagrangian relaxation to P(λ)P(\lambda)P(λ), then a further reduction to the quadratic (and hence tractable) QP(b)QP(b)QP(b) — is not a shortcut around this obstacle but the only way the mean-variance problem admits a Markov Decision Process reformulation at all. A correct formalization of the goal theorem must go through this exact chain (saddle_point_value, plambda_implies_qp, qp_solution), not around it.

Formalization scope

The financial market and the four named optimization problems (MV), (MV=), P(λ)P(\lambda)P(λ), QP(b)QP(b)QP(b) are formalized as explicit structures and Prop-valued predicates in MDPFinance.MeanVariance (none of them is a numbered definition in the book — each is introduced only in prose — so each gets its own precise Lean definition rather than being left implicit). Wealth is real-valued, policies are sequences of measurable Markov maps N→R→(Fin d→R)\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{R}\to(\mathrm{Fin}\ d\to \mathbb{R})N→R→(Fin d→R), and values that can be ±∞\pm\infty±∞ in the book (the value of P(λ,b)P(\lambda,b)P(λ,b), of P(λ)P(\lambda)P(λ), and of (MR) itself) are typed EReal rather than ℝ, matching the book's own use of infinite values as legitimate outcomes rather than failure states. A formalization that solved the goal theorem by first proving a Bellman equation for Varx0π[XN]\mathrm{Var}_{x_0}^\pi[X_N]Varx0​π​[XN​] directly would not be proving Theorem 4.6.6 — no such recursion exists — and the goal statement is phrased purely in terms of IsOptimalMV, varXN, and meanXN, independent of any intermediate value function, precisely so that only the actual saddle-point argument can discharge it. The transaction-cost model's buy/hold/sell threshold functions q−(Vn+1),q+(Vn+1)q^-(V_{n+1}),q^+(V_{n+1})q−(Vn+1​),q+(Vn+1​) are represented by their defining maximizing property rather than a closed form, since the book itself only pins them down as an argmax. Reusable beyond this mission: the MVMarket/ MeanRiskMarket structures and the Lagrangian-saddle-point machinery are natural substrate for any later mission that needs a dynamic risk-constrained portfolio problem. Contributions completing any milestone's sorry are welcome, particularly a sorry-free proof of Lemma 4.6.2 (the saddle-point value identity), since it is the one genuinely general technique this mission introduces.

Selected references

  • H. Markowitz, Portfolio Selection, The Journal of Finance 7(1), 1952, https://doi.org/10.2307/2975974
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber, D. Heath, Coherent Measures of Risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3), 1999, https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
  • N. Bäuerle, U. Rieder, Markov Decision Processes with Applications to Finance, Universitext, Springer, 2011, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-18324-9, Chapter 4, §§4.5-4.7
23 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: Shuze Chen

Markov Decision Processes III: Monotonicity and Convexity of the Value FunctionTextbook

Motivation

Once a finite-horizon Markov Decision Model (MDM) is known to admit an optimal policy — the existence theory of continuity/compactness models — a natural next question is qualitative: does the optimal value function inherit structural properties (monotonicity, concavity, convexity) of the model's own data, and are the resulting optimal actions themselves monotone in the state? These questions matter beyond aesthetics. A value function known in advance to be concave in wealth, say, restricts the search for an optimizer to a much smaller, better-behaved class of candidates, simplifies numerical solution (dynamic programming over convex functions can exploit shape-preserving approximation schemes), and is often the only handle available for comparative-statics questions — e.g. "if the model's transition mechanism becomes riskier, does the decision-maker's value go down?" — the kind of question that drives applications in inventory theory, insurance, and portfolio choice. The general theory traces to Topkis's lattice-programming approach to comparative statics (Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998) and to the stochastic-orders literature (Müller and Stoyan, Comparison Methods for Stochastic Models and Risks, Wiley, 2002); Bäuerle and Rieder's Chapter 2, §2.4.4-2.4.5 specializes both to the Borel-space finite-horizon Markov Decision Model of their own Definition 2.1.1.

Setting

Fix a (non-stationary) Markov Decision Model (E,A,Dn,Qn,rn,gN)n=0,…,N−1(E, A, D_n, Q_n, r_n, g_N)_{n=0,\dots,N-1}(E,A,Dn​,Qn​,rn​,gN​)n=0,…,N−1​ as in Definition 2.1.1: EEE, AAA measurable spaces, Dn⊆E×AD_n \subseteq E \times ADn​⊆E×A the admissible state-action pairs, Qn(⋅∣x,a)Q_n(\cdot\mid x,a)Qn​(⋅∣x,a) the transition kernel, rnr_nrn​ the one-stage reward, gNg_NgN​ the terminal reward. Write Dn(x):={a∈A:(x,a)∈Dn}D_n(x) := \{a \in A : (x,a) \in D_n\}Dn​(x):={a∈A:(x,a)∈Dn​}. An upper bounding function b:E→R≥0b : E \to \mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}b:E→R≥0​ (Definition 2.4.1) is a measurable function for which constants cr,cg,αb≥0c_r, c_g, \alpha_b \geq 0cr​,cg​,αb​≥0 exist with rn+(x,a)≤cr b(x)r_n^+(x,a) \leq c_r\, b(x)rn+​(x,a)≤cr​b(x), gN+(x)≤cg b(x)g_N^+(x) \leq c_g\, b(x)gN+​(x)≤cg​b(x), and ∫b(x′) Qn(dx′∣x,a)≤αb b(x)\int b(x')\,Q_n(dx'\mid x,a) \leq \alpha_b\, b(x)∫b(x′)Qn​(dx′∣x,a)≤αb​b(x) for all admissible (x,a)(x,a)(x,a) and all nnn; I ⁣Bb+\mathbb{I\!B}_b^+IBb+​ is the set of measurable v:E→[−∞,∞)v : E \to [-\infty,\infty)v:E→[−∞,∞) with v+≤c bv^+ \leq c\, bv+≤cb for some c≥0c \geq 0c≥0. The two central operators are (Lnv)(x,a):=rn(x,a)+∫v(x′) Qn(dx′∣x,a)(L_n v)(x,a) := r_n(x,a) + \int v(x')\,Q_n(dx'\mid x,a)(Ln​v)(x,a):=rn​(x,a)+∫v(x′)Qn​(dx′∣x,a) and (Tnv)(x):=sup⁡a∈Dn(x)(Lnv)(x,a)(T_n v)(x) := \sup_{a \in D_n(x)} (L_n v)(x,a)(Tn​v)(x):=supa∈Dn​(x)​(Ln​v)(x,a); a decision rule fnf_nfn​ is a maximizer of vvv at time nnn if (Lnv)(x,fn(x))=(Tnv)(x)(L_n v)(x, f_n(x)) = (T_n v)(x)(Ln​v)(x,fn​(x))=(Tn​v)(x) for every xxx. The Structure Assumption (SAN) on families (I ⁣Mn)n≤N⊆I ⁣M(E)(\mathrm{I\!M}_n)_{n \leq N} \subseteq \mathrm{I\!M}(E)(IMn​)n≤N​⊆IM(E) and (Δn)n<N(\Delta_n)_{n<N}(Δn​)n<N​ of decision rules says: gN∈I ⁣MNg_N \in \mathrm{I\!M}_NgN​∈IMN​; v∈I ⁣Mn+1v \in \mathrm{I\!M}_{n+1}v∈IMn+1​ implies Tnv∈I ⁣MnT_n v \in \mathrm{I\!M}_nTn​v∈IMn​; and every v∈I ⁣Mn+1v \in \mathrm{I\!M}_{n+1}v∈IMn+1​ has a maximizer in Δn\Delta_nΔn​. It is the single hypothesis from which the whole finite-horizon theory — a well-defined Bellman recursion, an optimal policy built rule-by-rule — follows (established elsewhere in this mission series).

For this section only, E⊆RdE \subseteq \mathbb{R}^dE⊆Rd and A⊆RmA \subseteq \mathbb{R}^mA⊆Rm carry the usual componentwise order, and the same spaces are given a real vector-space structure when convexity statements are in play; I ⁣Mn⋄\mathbb{I\!M}_n^{\diamond}IMn⋄​ denotes {v∈I ⁣Bb+:v\{v \in \mathbb{I\!B}_b^+ : v{v∈IBb+​:v has property ⋄}\diamond\}⋄} for ⋄∈{increasing,concave,convex}\diamond \in \{\text{increasing}, \text{concave}, \text{convex}\}⋄∈{increasing,concave,convex}. A set D⊆E×AD \subseteq E \times AD⊆E×A is completely monotone (Definition 2.4.15) if (x,a′),(x′,a)∈D(x,a'), (x',a) \in D(x,a′),(x′,a)∈D with x≤x′x \leq x'x≤x′, a≤a′a \leq a'a≤a′ forces (x,a),(x′,a′)∈D(x,a), (x',a') \in D(x,a),(x′,a′)∈D. A function fff on a lattice is supermodular (Definition A.3.1) if f(x)+f(y)≤f(x∧y)+f(x∨y)f(x) + f(y) \leq f(x \wedge y) + f(x \vee y)f(x)+f(y)≤f(x∧y)+f(x∨y) for all x,yx,yx,y. The comparison theorem below additionally uses three orders between probability measures: the usual stochastic order μ≤stν\mu \leq_{\mathrm{st}} \nuμ≤st​ν (∫f dμ≤∫f dν\int f\,d\mu \leq \int f\,d\nu∫fdμ≤∫fdν for every bounded increasing fff, Definition B.3.2/Theorem B.3.3(ii)), the convex order μ≤cxν\mu \leq_{\mathrm{cx}} \nuμ≤cx​ν (same, for convex fff, Definition B.3.9a), and its concave-function dual μ≤cvν\mu \leq_{\mathrm{cv}} \nuμ≤cv​ν (matching I ⁣Mncv\mathrm{I\!M}_n^{\mathrm{cv}}IMncv​; see the Formalization scope section on how the book's own, non-monotone "cv" differs from the increasing-concave order ≤icv\leq_{\mathrm{icv}}≤icv​ it also uses elsewhere, e.g. in Definition B.3.9c).

Formalization targets

Goal — Theorem 2.4.22 (the convex structure theorem)

If E is convex,Dn=E×A, and for every n:(ii) x↦∫v(x′) Qn(dx′∣x,a) is convex for every convex v∈I ⁣Bb+,a∈A,(iii) x↦rn(x,a) is convex for every a,(iv) gN convex,(v) every convex v∈I ⁣Bb+ has a maximizer in Δn,then (I ⁣Mncx)n≤N and (Δn)n<N satisfy (SAN).\begin{aligned} &\text{If } E \text{ is convex}, D_n = E \times A, \text{ and for every } n: \\ &\quad\text{(ii) } x \mapsto \textstyle\int v(x')\,Q_n(dx'\mid x,a) \text{ is convex for every convex } v \in \mathbb{I\!B}_b^+, a \in A,\\ &\quad\text{(iii) } x \mapsto r_n(x,a) \text{ is convex for every } a, \quad \text{(iv) } g_N \text{ convex},\\ &\quad\text{(v) every convex } v \in \mathbb{I\!B}_b^+ \text{ has a maximizer in } \Delta_n,\\ &\text{then } \bigl(\mathrm{I\!M}_n^{\mathrm{cx}}\bigr)_{n \leq N} \text{ and } (\Delta_n)_{n<N} \text{ satisfy (SAN).} \end{aligned}​If E is convex,Dn​=E×A, and for every n:(ii) x↦∫v(x′)Qn​(dx′∣x,a) is convex for every convex v∈IBb+​,a∈A,(iii) x↦rn​(x,a) is convex for every a,(iv) gN​ convex,(v) every convex v∈IBb+​ has a maximizer in Δn​,then (IMncx​)n≤N​ and (Δn​)n<N​ satisfy (SAN).​

This is the weakest stable statement: it names exactly the compatibility conditions between the kernel, reward, and terminal payoff that propagate convexity through TnT_nTn​, without committing to any particular model beyond them.

Six further results of the same section are formalized as milestones on the way to, or alongside, the goal: the monotone (increasing) analogue (Theorem 2.4.14), the accompanying result that a largest maximizer under a supermodular LnvL_n vLn​v on a completely monotone DnD_nDn​ is itself weakly increasing (Proposition 2.4.16), the concavity-preservation step for TnT_nTn​ and its structure theorem (Proposition 2.4.18, Theorem 2.4.19), the convexity-preservation step together with the existence of a bang-bang maximizer when AAA is a polytope (Proposition 2.4.21), and the comparison theorem for two models whose kernels are ordered (Theorem 2.4.23).

Significance

Theorems 2.4.14/2.4.19/2.4.22 give three parallel, reusable templates: once a modeler checks three or four structural conditions on DnD_nDn​, QnQ_nQn​, rnr_nrn​, gNg_NgN​ individually — never on the recursively-defined value function itself, which is usually inaccessible in closed form — the corresponding shape of the value function is guaranteed for every horizon, with no further induction needed by the modeler. This is what makes results like the concavity of the optimal consumption-investment value function (used in later chapters of this book) checkable from the market model alone. Proposition 2.4.16's comparative-statics conclusion (optimal actions inherit monotonicity in the state) is the Markov-decision-process incarnation of Topkis's monotone comparative statics, and Theorem 2.4.23 formalizes the intuitive but non-trivial fact that making the transition mechanism "worse" in a precise stochastic-order sense can only lower the optimal value — a comparison that requires the compatibility between the order and the very shape (monotonicity/concavity/convexity) the Structure Assumption already pins down.

All of these results, including the goal, are unformalized on the platform prior to this mission: no result matching "supermodular", "completely monotone", "comparative statics", or a Borel-space convex Markov decision model was found in a platform search at drafting time. The proofs themselves are short (Bäuerle and Rieder give complete, self-contained arguments for every result in this section), so what this mission contributes is the formal statement — getting the exact quantifiers and hypothesis set right in a general Borel/vector-space setting — rather than a technically deep proof; the sorry-free companion proofs are left as the formalization task.

Difficulty

The obvious first idea for the goal is to prove convexity of TnvT_n vTn​v by convexity of a supremum of convex functions — true only when Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x) does not itself depend on xxx in a way that mixes domains under a convex combination. The book's own hypothesis (i), Dn:=E×AD_n := E \times ADn​:=E×A (constant), is exactly what rules out the general case and makes the argument work: for a genuinely xxx-dependent Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x), a convex combination α(x,a)+(1−α)(x′,a′)\alpha(x,a) + (1-\alpha)(x',a')α(x,a)+(1−α)(x′,a′) need not even have its action component available at the combined state, so "supremum of convex functions is convex" does not apply termwise. A second trap is treating I ⁣Mncv\mathrm{I\!M}_n^{\mathrm{cv}}IMncv​ (closed under concave, not-necessarily-increasing vvv) as if it required the stronger increasing-concave order ≤icv\leq_{\mathrm{icv}}≤icv​ that the appendix's Definition B.3.9c actually names — the two are different relations, and only the plain "concave-test-function" order is compatible with I ⁣Mncv\mathrm{I\!M}_n^{\mathrm{cv}}IMncv​ as stated (see Formalization scope).

Formalization scope

Because Mathlib's ConvexOn/ConcaveOn require a Module ℝ structure on the codomain, and EReal (needed for value functions that may equal −∞-\infty−∞) carries no such structure, this mission introduces ConvexOnEReal/ConcaveOnEReal: the same defining inequality with the real convex-combination coefficients cast into EReal and multiplied there (EReal does carry a Mul). Real-valued convexity/concavity of rnr_nrn​ and gNg_NgN​ uses Mathlib's own ConvexOn/ ConcaveOn directly. "Vertex of a polytope" (Proposition 2.4.21) is formalized via Mathlib's Set.extremePoints, and "AAA is a polytope" as compact, convex, with finitely many extreme points. The comparison theorem's order ≤cv\leq_{\mathrm{cv}}≤cv​ has no verbatim numbered definition in the book: Appendix B.3 defines the stochastic order ≤st\leq_{\mathrm{st}}≤st​ (Definition B.3.2, via CDFs, with the increasing-test-function characterization given as an equivalent condition, Theorem B.3.3(ii)) and the convex order ≤cx\leq_{\mathrm{cx}}≤cx​ (Definition B.3.9a, directly via Ef(X)≤Ef(Y)\mathbb{E}f(X) \leq \mathbb{E}f(Y)Ef(X)≤Ef(Y) for convex fff), but never a bare "≤cv\leq_{\mathrm{cv}}≤cv​" — only the increasing-concave order ≤icv\leq_{\mathrm{icv}}≤icv​ (Definition B.3.9c). This mission defines ≤cv\leq_{\mathrm{cv}}≤cv​ as the direct concave-test-function analogue of ≤cx\leq_{\mathrm{cx}}≤cx​ (Ef(X)≤Ef(Y)\mathbb{E}f(X) \leq \mathbb{E}f(Y)Ef(X)≤Ef(Y) for every concave fff), matching the book's own I ⁣Mncv\mathrm{I\!M}_n^{\mathrm{cv}}IMncv​ (plain concavity, not required to be increasing) and consistent with the standard "st/cv/cx" triple of Müller and Stoyan (2002), the reference the book cites for this whole appendix section. Likewise ≤st\leq_{\mathrm{st}}≤st​ is formalized directly via Theorem B.3.3(ii)'s functional characterization (bounded increasing test functions) rather than the CDF definition, since Theorem 2.4.23 compares kernels on a general E⊆RdE \subseteq \mathbb{R}^dE⊆Rd rather than real-valued random variables. The value function VnV_nVn​ used only in the comparison theorem is given by its recursive characterization (VN=gNV_N = g_NVN​=gN​, Vn=TnVn+1V_n = T_n V_{n+1}Vn​=Tn​Vn+1​, established as this series' Theorem 2.3.8) rather than by re-deriving the sup-over-policies primitive definition and its supporting history/policy machinery, which is not otherwise needed in this mission.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: taking E:=RE := \mathbb{R}E:=R throughout would make hypothesis (i) ("EEE is convex") vacuously true and hide the genuinely restrictive role Dn=E×AD_n = E \times ADn​=E×A plays in the proof; this mission keeps EEE (and AAA) as general real vector spaces (with a Preorder added only where monotonicity, rather than convexity, is at stake), so the convexity hypotheses carry their full content. Reusable infrastructure: ConvexOnEReal/ConcaveOnEReal (any later chunk needing shape-preservation results for EReal-valued value functions can reuse the same pattern, restated per this series' convention), and the LEStochasticOrder/LEConcaveOrder/LEConvexOrder triple (reused, restated, by mission 04b's Theorems 4.4.4-4.4.5 and mission 05b's Definition 5.4.9, which need the same or a closely related order). sorry-free proofs of the milestones (all short in the book) are welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • N. Bäuerle and U. Rieder, Markov Decision Processes with Applications to Finance, Universitext, Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-18324-9
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998.
  • A. Müller and D. Stoyan, Comparison Methods for Stochastic Models and Risks, Wiley, 2002.
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete Time Case, Academic Press, 1978.
18 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsComplexity TheoryOperations Research+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximizing Non-Monotone Submodular Functions V: Beating 1/2 for Symmetric Functions Requires Exponentially Many Value QueriesResearch Paper

Motivation

Maximizing a nonnegative submodular set function without constraints contains Max Cut, Max Directed Cut and facility-location problems as special cases. In the value-oracle model an algorithm knows nothing about the function except the values f(S)f(S)f(S) of the sets SSS it queries, and it is judged by the number of queries it makes. Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák (SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011) gave constant-factor algorithms in this model and matching limits on what any algorithm can do. For symmetric functions, such as cut functions of undirected graphs, a uniformly random set already achieves 12\tfrac1221​ of the optimum in expectation (Theorem 2.1 of the paper). The question this mission formalizes is whether any algorithm can do better, and the answer given by Theorem 4.5 is: not without exponentially many value queries. The same factor 12\tfrac1221​ was later shown to be achievable for general (non-symmetric) nonnegative submodular functions by Buchbinder, Feldman, Naor and Schwartz (FOCS 2012 / SIAM J. Comput. 2015), so the bound of Theorem 4.5 is the tight limit of the whole problem in the value-oracle model.

Timeline:

  • 2007 (FOCS) / 2011 (SIAM J. Comput.): Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák prove that no algorithm with subexponentially many value queries achieves (12+ϵ)(\tfrac12 + \epsilon)(21​+ϵ) of the optimum on symmetric nonnegative submodular functions, and give 25\tfrac2552​ for general functions.
  • 2011: Vondrák's symmetry-gap framework (SIAM J. Comput. 42(1), 2013) generalizes the construction to constrained problems.
  • 2012: Buchbinder, Feldman, Naor and Schwartz give a randomized 12\tfrac1221​-approximation for general nonnegative submodular functions, matching the bound.

Setting

Let [n]={0,…,n−1}[n] = \{0, \dots, n-1\}[n]={0,…,n−1} be the ground set, with nnn even. A set function f:2[n]→Rf : 2^{[n]} \to \mathbb{R}f:2[n]→R is submodular if f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T)f(S \cup T) + f(S \cap T) \le f(S) + f(T)f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T) for all S,TS, TS,T, symmetric if f([n]∖S)=f(S)f([n]\setminus S) = f(S)f([n]∖S)=f(S) for all SSS, and OPT(f)=max⁡Sf(S)\mathrm{OPT}(f) = \max_{S} f(S)OPT(f)=maxS​f(S).

Fix an integer mmm with 1≤m≤n/21 \le m \le n/21≤m≤n/2 and write ϵ=m/n\epsilon = m/nϵ=m/n, so that ϵn\epsilon nϵn is an integer. For integers k,ℓk, \ellk,ℓ put

f(k,ℓ)={(k+ℓ)(n−k−ℓ)∣k−ℓ∣≤m,k(n−2ℓ)+(n−2k)ℓ+m2−2m∣k−ℓ∣∣k−ℓ∣>m.f(k,\ell) = \begin{cases} (k+\ell)(n-k-\ell) & |k-\ell| \le m,\\ k(n-2\ell) + (n-2k)\ell + m^2 - 2m|k-\ell| & |k-\ell| > m. \end{cases}f(k,ℓ)={(k+ℓ)(n−k−ℓ)k(n−2ℓ)+(n−2k)ℓ+m2−2m∣k−ℓ∣​∣k−ℓ∣≤m,∣k−ℓ∣>m.​

For a set C⊆[n]C \subseteq [n]C⊆[n] with ∣C∣=n/2|C| = n/2∣C∣=n/2 and D=[n]∖CD = [n] \setminus CD=[n]∖C, the hard instance is fC(S)=f(∣S∩C∣,∣S∩D∣)f_C(S) = f(|S\cap C|, |S\cap D|)fC​(S)=f(∣S∩C∣,∣S∩D∣). The cut function of the complete graph is g(S)=∣S∣(n−∣S∣)g(S) = |S|(n-|S|)g(S)=∣S∣(n−∣S∣), with maximum 14n2\tfrac14 n^241​n2. A set QQQ is balanced for CCC if ∣∣Q∩C∣−∣Q∩D∣∣≤m\bigl||Q\cap C| - |Q\cap D|\bigr| \le m​∣Q∩C∣−∣Q∩D∣​≤m; on balanced sets fC=gf_C = gfC​=g.

A deterministic adaptive qqq-query algorithm AAA chooses each query from the answers received so far, and after qqq answers outputs a set A(h)A(h)A(h) when run against an oracle hhh. A randomized algorithm is a distribution μ\muμ over deterministic ones, with expected value EA∼μ[h(A(h))]\mathbb{E}_{A\sim\mu}[h(A(h))]EA∼μ​[h(A(h))].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5 with the constants of its proof

For every such n,mn, mn,m:

  1. every fCf_CfC​ with ∣C∣=n/2|C| = n/2∣C∣=n/2 is nonnegative, symmetric and submodular, with
OPT(fC)=12n2(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2);\mathrm{OPT}(f_C) = \tfrac12 n^2 (1 - 2\epsilon + 2\epsilon^2);OPT(fC​)=21​n2(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2);
  1. for every q<eϵ2n/8q < e^{\epsilon^2 n/8}q<eϵ2n/8 and every randomized qqq-query algorithm μ\muμ there is a CCC with ∣C∣=n/2|C| = n/2∣C∣=n/2 and
EA∼μ[fC(A(fC))]≤14n2+(2e−ϵ2n/8+2e−ϵ2n/4) OPT(fC).\mathbb{E}_{A\sim\mu}\bigl[f_C(A(f_C))\bigr] \le \tfrac14 n^2 + \bigl(2e^{-\epsilon^2 n/8} + 2e^{-\epsilon^2 n/4}\bigr)\,\mathrm{OPT}(f_C).EA∼μ​[fC​(A(fC​))]≤41​n2+(2e−ϵ2n/8+2e−ϵ2n/4)OPT(fC​).

Hence the ratio attained is at most 12(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2)+4e−ϵ2n/8=12+ϵ+O(ϵ2)+4e−ϵ2n/8\frac{1}{2(1-2\epsilon+2\epsilon^2)} + 4e^{-\epsilon^2 n/8} = \tfrac12 + \epsilon + O(\epsilon^2) + 4e^{-\epsilon^2 n/8}2(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2)1​+4e−ϵ2n/8=21​+ϵ+O(ϵ2)+4e−ϵ2n/8.

Milestones

  • Theorem 1.2, the Chernoff bound for independent variables in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1].
  • Submodularity of fCf_CfC​.
  • The value OPT(fC)=12n2(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2)\mathrm{OPT}(f_C) = \tfrac12 n^2(1 - 2\epsilon + 2\epsilon^2)OPT(fC​)=21​n2(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2), attained at S=CS = CS=C.
  • A fixed query is unbalanced for at most a 2e−ϵ2n/42e^{-\epsilon^2 n/4}2e−ϵ2n/4 fraction of the half-size sets CCC.
  • If all queries are balanced, the algorithm cannot distinguish fCf_CfC​ from ggg.
  • The deterministic case of the bound, averaged over CCC.

Significance

The theorem shows that the factor 12\tfrac1221​ for symmetric submodular maximization, and hence for unconstrained submodular maximization in general, cannot be improved by any algorithm that uses a subexponential number of value queries, whatever its running time. It is an information-theoretic bound and needs no complexity assumption. Along with the later matching 12\tfrac1221​-approximation, it settles the value-oracle approximability of the problem. The construction, a function equal to a symmetric function on "balanced" sets and larger elsewhere, is the prototype of the symmetry-gap technique used for many later oracle lower bounds.

The result is proved in the paper. No machine-checked version is known to exist: the platform has no value-oracle or query-lower-bound statement. Formalizing it requires a precise model of adaptive randomized query algorithms, a concentration bound for the hypergeometric distribution, and a finite verification of submodularity of an explicit two-regime function, and it fixes the constants that the printed statement leaves as O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) terms.

Difficulty

Two steps of the printed argument do not go through as written. First, the proof bounds the probability that a fixed query is unbalanced by citing the Chernoff bound for independent variables, but for a uniformly random half-size set CCC the count ∣Q∩C∣|Q\cap C|∣Q∩C∣ is hypergeometric, and the summands are not independent. A bound for sampling without replacement is needed instead. Replacing the balanced partition by independent coin flips is not an option: then ∣C∣≠n/2|C| \ne n/2∣C∣=n/2 in general, and the function is no longer the paper's instance.

Second, the argument counts only the queries, but the value an algorithm receives is fCf_CfC​ of its output, which equals ggg of the output only if the output is balanced as well. That event has to be controlled too.

Finally, submodularity of fCf_CfC​ must be checked across the boundary ∣k−ℓ∣=ϵn|k-\ell| = \epsilon n∣k−ℓ∣=ϵn between the two regimes, where the formula changes.

Formalization scope

  • The ground set is Fin n with nnn even; ϵn\epsilon nϵn is an integer mmm with 1≤m1 \le m1≤m and 2m≤n2m \le n2m≤n, following the paper's "assume that ϵn\epsilon nϵn is an integer". Sets are Finset (Fin n), and all values are real.
  • OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is Finset.sup' over all subsets. There is no junk value.
  • The partition (C,D)(C, D)(C,D) is uniform over half-size sets; probabilities over it are counts of n/2-subsets divided by (nn/2)\binom{n}{n/2}(n/2n​), written multiplied out.
  • A deterministic algorithm is a pair of decision rules query, output : List ℝ → Finset (Fin n) making exactly qqq adaptive queries with arbitrary real answers. A randomized algorithm is a PMF over deterministic algorithms, which covers every randomization with countable support. The algorithm sees fff only through query answers; it never receives CCC.
  • Pinned-down constants. The printed theorem, "fewer than eϵ2n/8e^{\epsilon^2 n/8}eϵ2n/8 queries" and "expected value at least (12+ϵ)OPT(\tfrac12+\epsilon)\mathrm{OPT}(21​+ϵ)OPT", is not what the proof gives for one and the same ϵ\epsilonϵ. On the proof's instances OPT=12n2(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2)\mathrm{OPT} = \tfrac12 n^2(1-2\epsilon+2\epsilon^2)OPT=21​n2(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2), and the ratio held is 12(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2)>12+ϵ\frac{1}{2(1-2\epsilon+2\epsilon^2)} > \tfrac12 + \epsilon2(1−2ϵ+2ϵ2)1​>21​+ϵ. The formal goal states the explicit bound the proof establishes. The literal printed pair, stated for the proof's family with the same ϵ\epsilonϵ, is false: the zero-query algorithm that outputs a fixed half-size set gets at least 14n2>(12+ϵ)OPT\tfrac14 n^2 > (\tfrac12+\epsilon)\mathrm{OPT}41​n2>(21​+ϵ)OPT.
  • Added term. The error term 2e−ϵ2n/42e^{-\epsilon^2 n/4}2e−ϵ2n/4 for the output set is added to the paper's 2e−ϵ2n/82e^{-\epsilon^2 n/8}2e−ϵ2n/8.
  • Ruled-out trivializations. A restricted algorithm class (non-adaptive, deterministic, or one that must return a queried set) would give a different, weaker theorem. So would a bound that lets the algorithm read CCC, which would make the statement false. Both the instance's properties (nonnegativity, symmetry, submodularity, the value of OPT) and the bound are part of the goal, so an empty or degenerate family cannot satisfy it. The quantifier order is: for every algorithm there is an instance.
  • Needed infrastructure: a value-oracle algorithm model; tail bounds for the hypergeometric distribution (Hoeffding's inequality for sampling without replacement), which Mathlib lacks; averaging over a PMF of algorithms. The algorithm model and the hypergeometric bound are reusable for other oracle lower bounds. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative derivations of the balance bound, are welcome.

Selected references

  • U. Feige, V. S. Mirrokni, J. Vondrák, Maximizing Non-Monotone Submodular Functions, SIAM J. Comput. 40(4):1133–1153, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/090779346
  • N. Alon, J. H. Spencer, The Probabilistic Method, Wiley (source of Theorem 1.2).
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 58(301):13–30, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
  • J. Vondrák, Symmetry and Approximability of Submodular Maximization Problems, SIAM J. Comput. 42(1):265–304, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/110832318
  • N. Buchbinder, M. Feldman, J. Naor, R. Schwartz, A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization, SIAM J. Comput. 44(5):1384–1402, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/130929205
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximizing Non-Monotone Submodular Functions IV: Smooth Local Search Achieves 2/5 of the OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems ask for a subset of a finite ground set that maximizes a submodular function, a set function with diminishing marginal returns. Max Cut and Max Directed Cut in graphs, facility location with fixed costs, and the maximization of mutual information or entropy of a subset of random variables are all of this form. Unlike the monotone case, where a greedy algorithm achieves 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e, a general nonnegative submodular function may decrease when elements are added, and the empty set and the full set can both be poor. The question is how large a constant fraction of the optimum a polynomial-time algorithm can guarantee when the function is given only through an oracle that returns f(S)f(S)f(S) for a queried set SSS.

Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák (SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011) gave the first constant-factor algorithms for this problem. A uniformly random set achieves 1/41/41/4 of the optimum, a deterministic local search achieves 1/3−ϵ/n1/3 - \epsilon/n1/3−ϵ/n, and a randomized smooth local search achieves 2/5−o(1)2/5 - o(1)2/5−o(1). The last result is the paper's best approximation for general nonnegative submodular functions (Table 1, p. 1136), and it is the subject of this mission.

Timeline. Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák: 1/41/41/4, 1/31/31/3 and 2/52/52/5 (FOCS 2007; journal version 2011). Gharan and Vondrák (SODA 2011): about 0.410.410.41 by simulated annealing. Buchbinder, Feldman, Naor and Schwartz (FOCS 2012; SIAM J. Comput. 2015): a randomized double greedy algorithm achieving 1/21/21/2, which matches the 1/21/21/2 hardness in the value oracle model proved in the same paper by Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák.

Setting

Let XXX be a finite ground set with n=∣X∣≥1n = |X| \ge 1n=∣X∣≥1 elements and f:2X→Rf : 2^X \to \mathbb{R}f:2X→R a function with f(S)≥0f(S) \ge 0f(S)≥0 for all SSS and

f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T)(S,T⊆X).f(S \cup T) + f(S \cap T) \le f(S) + f(T) \quad (S, T \subseteq X).f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T)(S,T⊆X).

Write OPT=max⁡S⊆Xf(S)OPT = \max_{S \subseteq X} f(S)OPT=maxS⊆X​f(S). The multilinear extension of fff is

F(x)=∑S⊆Xf(S)∏i∈Sxi∏j∉S(1−xj),F(x) = \sum_{S \subseteq X} f(S) \prod_{i \in S} x_i \prod_{j \notin S} (1 - x_j),F(x)=S⊆X∑​f(S)i∈S∏​xi​j∈/S∏​(1−xj​),

the expected value of fff on a random set containing each iii independently with probability xix_ixi​.

For A⊆XA \subseteq XA⊆X and δ∈[−1,1]\delta \in [-1,1]δ∈[−1,1], the random set R(A,δ)\mathcal{R}(A,\delta)R(A,δ) is sampled with bias δ\deltaδ based on AAA: each element of AAA is included independently with probability p=(1+δ)/2p = (1+\delta)/2p=(1+δ)/2, each element of B=X∖AB = X \setminus AB=X∖A with probability q=(1−δ)/2q = (1-\delta)/2q=(1−δ)/2. The potential is Φ(A)=E[f(R(A,δ))]\Phi(A) = \mathbf{E}[f(\mathcal{R}(A,\delta))]Φ(A)=E[f(R(A,δ))] and the smoothed marginal value of xxx is

ωA,δ(x)=E[f(R(A,δ)∪{x})]−E[f(R(A,δ)∖{x})].\omega_{A,\delta}(x) = \mathbf{E}[f(\mathcal{R}(A,\delta) \cup \{x\})] - \mathbf{E}[f(\mathcal{R}(A,\delta) \setminus \{x\})].ωA,δ​(x)=E[f(R(A,δ)∪{x})]−E[f(R(A,δ)∖{x})].

Algorithm SLS starts from A=∅A = \emptysetA=∅. At each iteration it obtains estimates ω~A,δ(x)\tilde\omega_{A,\delta}(x)ω~A,δ​(x) within ±1n2OPT\pm\frac{1}{n^2}OPT±n21​OPT of ωA,δ(x)\omega_{A,\delta}(x)ωA,δ​(x). If some x∉Ax \notin Ax∈/A has ω~A,δ(x)>2n2OPT\tilde\omega_{A,\delta}(x) > \frac{2}{n^2}OPTω~A,δ​(x)>n22​OPT it adds xxx; otherwise, if some x∈Ax \in Ax∈A has ω~A,δ(x)<−2n2OPT\tilde\omega_{A,\delta}(x) < -\frac{2}{n^2}OPTω~A,δ​(x)<−n22​OPT it removes xxx; otherwise it stops and returns a random set R(A,δ′)\mathcal{R}(A, \delta')R(A,δ′).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.6 in the explicit form of its proof

With δ=1/3\delta = 1/3δ=1/3, and δ′=1/3\delta' = 1/3δ′=1/3 with probability 0.90.90.9 or δ′=−1\delta' = -1δ′=−1 with probability 0.10.10.1: for every run from ∅\emptyset∅ whose estimates are all accurate and which has terminated at AAA,

910 E[f(R(A,13))]+110 f(X∖A)≥(25−95n)OPT,\tfrac{9}{10}\,\mathbf{E}[f(\mathcal{R}(A,\tfrac13))] + \tfrac{1}{10}\,f(X \setminus A) \ge \Big(\frac{2}{5} - \frac{9}{5n}\Big) OPT,109​E[f(R(A,31​))]+101​f(X∖A)≥(52​−5n9​)OPT,

and, for every δ∈(0,1]\delta \in (0,1]δ∈(0,1], every run of kkk iterations with accurate estimates has k<n2/δk < n^2/\deltak<n2/δ (fewer than 3n23n^23n2 for δ=1/3\delta = 1/3δ=1/3).

Milestones, in attack order

  • Lemma 2.2: E[g(A(p))]≥(1−p)g(∅)+p g(A)\mathbf{E}[g(A(p))] \ge (1-p)g(\emptyset) + p\,g(A)E[g(A(p))]≥(1−p)g(∅)+pg(A).
  • Display (∗): for three independently sampled sets, E[f(A1(p1)∪A2(p2)∪A3(p3))]≥∑I⊆{1,2,3}∏i∈Ipi∏i∉I(1−pi)f(⋃i∈IAi)\mathbf{E}[f(A_1(p_1) \cup A_2(p_2) \cup A_3(p_3))] \ge \sum_{I \subseteq \{1,2,3\}} \prod_{i\in I} p_i \prod_{i \notin I}(1-p_i) f(\bigcup_{i \in I} A_i)E[f(A1​(p1​)∪A2​(p2​)∪A3​(p3​))]≥∑I⊆{1,2,3}​∏i∈I​pi​∏i∈/I​(1−pi​)f(⋃i∈I​Ai​).
  • The increment identity Φ(A∪{x})−Φ(A)=δ ωA,δ(x)\Phi(A \cup \{x\}) - \Phi(A) = \delta\,\omega_{A,\delta}(x)Φ(A∪{x})−Φ(A)=δωA,δ​(x) for x∉Ax \notin Ax∈/A, and its removal counterpart.
  • 0≤Φ(A)≤OPT0 \le \Phi(A) \le OPT0≤Φ(A)≤OPT.
  • The terminal upper estimates E[f(R∪(B∩C))], E[f(R∩(B∪C))]≤E[f(R)]+2nOPT\mathbf{E}[f(R \cup (B\cap C))],\ \mathbf{E}[f(R \cap (B \cup C))] \le \mathbf{E}[f(R)] + \frac{2}{n}OPTE[f(R∪(B∩C))], E[f(R∩(B∪C))]≤E[f(R)]+n2​OPT.
  • The two lower bounds in 272727ths on the same two expectations.
  • The final chain E[f(R)]+19f(B)+2nOPT≥49OPT\mathbf{E}[f(R)] + \frac19 f(B) + \frac2n OPT \ge \frac49 OPTE[f(R)]+91​f(B)+n2​OPT≥94​OPT.

Significance

The 2/52/52/5 bound showed that local search on a smoothed objective, the multilinear extension restricted to points with two coordinate values, beats both uniform sampling and plain local search for non-monotone submodular maximization. The multilinear extension later became the standard tool for submodular maximization under constraints, through continuous greedy methods, contention resolution schemes and the analysis of randomized rounding. Display (∗) and Lemma 2.2 are the basic sampling inequalities for submodular functions and are reused throughout that literature.

The result is proved in the paper; it has been superseded in ratio by later algorithms reaching 1/21/21/2. To our knowledge none of it is machine-checked: Mathlib has no multilinear extension and no submodular maximization results. This mission produces a checked form of the analysis with every constant explicit: the o(1)o(1)o(1) as 95n\frac{9}{5n}5n9​, "polynomial time" as n2/δn^2/\deltan2/δ iterations, and the dependence on the accuracy of the sampled estimates as an explicit hypothesis.

Difficulty

The iteration bound and the increment identity are routine once the multilinear extension is set up. The substance lies in the lower bounds. The returned set RRR is random, so the comparison with the optimal set CCC cannot be made through a single local-optimality inequality as in deterministic local search; and approximate local optimality holds only for the smoothed marginals ωA,δ\omega_{A,\delta}ωA,δ​, which are averages over the random set, not for fff at any fixed set. Sampling inequalities such as (∗) are stated for independent samples of arbitrary, possibly overlapping sets, and their expectations are sums over products of subsets; the bookkeeping of such sums is the main formalization burden. The constants must also balance exactly: with δ=1/3\delta = 1/3δ=1/3 the 272727ths add up so that the 910/110\frac{9}{10}/\frac{1}{10}109​/101​ mixture yields 2/52/52/5. A different split or a different δ\deltaδ gives a different constant.

Formalization scope

The ground set is a Fintype X with decidable equality; sets are Finset X; fff is real valued, with nonnegativity and submodularity as hypotheses. The standing assumptions of the paper are made explicit: f≥0f \ge 0f≥0 (§3), value-oracle access (modelled by fff itself), n=∣X∣n = |X|n=∣X∣, and n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 (Nonempty X), so that 1n2\frac{1}{n^2}n21​ and 95n\frac{9}{5n}5n9​ are not Lean's junk value of division by zero. OPTOPTOPT is Finset.sup' over all subsets, which has no junk value. Every expectation over independently sampled sets is an exact finite sum: the multilinear extension for R(A,δ)\mathcal{R}(A,\delta)R(A,δ), and iterated sums over subsets for the several independent samples in Lemma 2.2 and (∗). Sampling probabilities carry 0≤p≤10 \le p \le 10≤p≤1.

The algorithm is a relation, not a choice: any element meeting the step-3 condition may be added, and removal is allowed only when no addition applies. The goal quantifies over every run from ∅\emptyset∅, every choice of accurate estimates, recomputed at every iteration, and every termination point. Accuracy is non-strict ("within ±\pm±"); the thresholds are strict. The thresholds and accuracy use OPTOPTOPT itself, as the proof does, although step 1 of the algorithm says an estimate of OPTOPTOPT is used. The sampling that produces the estimates and its "with high probability" are not modelled, and the goal is conditional on accurate estimates. The value of the δ′=−1\delta' = -1δ′=−1 branch is written as E[f(R(A,−1))]\mathbf{E}[f(\mathcal{R}(A,-1))]E[f(R(A,−1))], which equals f(X∖A)f(X \setminus A)f(X∖A).

A statement "every AAA satisfying the terminal conditions gives 2/5−9/(5n)2/5 - 9/(5n)2/5−9/(5n)" would be the final milestone plus arithmetic and is not the goal. The goal fixes the start at ∅\emptyset∅, the thresholds, the step order, the accuracy of every estimate, termination and the 0.9/0.10.9/0.10.9/0.1 mixture.

A complete development needs basic calculus of the multilinear extension: affinity in one coordinate, translation f(⋅∪D)f(\cdot \cup D)f(⋅∪D) and restriction f(⋅∩D)f(\cdot \cap D)f(⋅∩D), and splitting a sample into disjoint pieces. These lemmas are reusable for any work on submodular maximization, and contributions of them as separate theorems are welcome. The golden-ratio variant δ=δ′\delta = \delta'δ=δ′ (proof omitted in the paper), the tight example and the hardness results of §4 are out of scope.

Selected references

  • U. Feige, V. S. Mirrokni, J. Vondrák, Maximizing Non-Monotone Submodular Functions, SIAM J. Comput. 40(4):1133–1153, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/090779346
  • S. O. Gharan, J. Vondrák, Submodular Maximization by Simulated Annealing, SODA 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973082.83
  • N. Buchbinder, M. Feldman, J. Naor, R. Schwartz, A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization, SIAM J. Comput. 44(5):1384–1402, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/130929205
  • G. Calinescu, C. Chekuri, M. Pál, J. Vondrák, Maximizing a Monotone Submodular Function Subject to a Matroid Constraint, SIAM J. Comput. 40(6):1740–1766, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/080733991
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 4 of 22Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me